{"title":"Data Center Process Piping Consumables (ASME B31.3)","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.iv-lane-wide { max-width: none !important; }\n.iv-lane-wide .reading-width, .iv-lane-wide.reading-width,\n.iv-lane-wide .rte, .iv-lane-wide.rte { max-width: none !important; }\n.template-page .page__content.reading-width, .template-page .reading-width.rte,\n.template-collection .rte.collection-desc, .template-collection .richtext-content {\n  max-width: 1280px !important; margin: 0 auto !important;\n  padding-left: 1rem; padding-right: 1rem;\n}\n@media (min-width: 1280px) {\n  .template-page .page__content.reading-width, .template-page .reading-width.rte,\n  .template-collection .rte.collection-desc, .template-collection .richtext-content { max-width: 1440px !important; }\n}\n.iv-lane-wide h2 { margin-top: 2rem; }\n.iv-lane-wide table { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin: 1rem 0; }\n.iv-lane-wide table th, .iv-lane-wide table td { border: 1px solid #d1d5db; padding: 0.5rem 0.75rem; }\n.iv-lane-wide table th { background: #f3f4f6; text-align: left; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"iv-lane-wide\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- WeldingMart Collection Draft — \/collections\/data-center-process-piping-consumables --\u003e\n\u003c!-- H1: Data Center Process Piping Consumables --\u003e\n\u003c!-- Target KW cluster: ASME B31.3 + B31.1 process piping consumables --\u003e\n\u003c!-- custom.intent: commercial | Draft date: 2026-06-17 | Author: SEO Silo-chat --\u003e\n\u003c!-- NOTE: Per SOP §31.1 — FAQ content is delivered via custom.faq metafield (JSON), NOT inline in descriptionHtml. --\u003e\n\u003c!-- NOTE: Per SOP §22 v4.22 — descriptionHtml is the write target (not custom.bottom_copy). --\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eData center process piping — chilled water, condenser water, glycol distribution, and high-pressure cooling headers — is code-governed work. Every butt weld on an ASME B31.3 process piping system requires a qualified Welding Procedure Specification (WPS), a supporting Procedure Qualification Record (PQR), and welders who hold current ASME Section IX performance qualification. The filler metal you use must match the F-Number and A-Number classifications in your WPS. There is no room for substitution at the job site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWeldingMart stocks the full range of stainless TIG filler rod and MIG wire for data center process piping applications — ER316L, ER308L, ER309L, and ER316LSi — with Certificate of Conformance documentation, AWS A5.9 classification traceability, and same-day shipping from our Wisconsin distribution center. Commercial accounts available for qualifying mechanical contractors and piping fabricators: call 877-532-WELD or see the hub page for BOM upload: \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/data-center-construction-welding-supplies\"\u003eWelding Supplies for Data Center Construction →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eASME B31.3 vs. ASME B31.1 — Which Code Governs Your Data Center Piping?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common code compliance question on data center construction sites is whether the process piping system is governed by ASME B31.3 (Process Piping) or ASME B31.1 (Power Piping). The answer depends on the service and system type — and it matters because the two codes have different design factors, examination requirements, and, in some cases, different welding procedure requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eASME B31.3 Process Piping — The Primary Code for Data Center Cooling Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eASME B31.3 governs piping used in chemical and petroleum processing, food and beverage, pharmaceutical manufacturing, and — critically — building mechanical systems where the piping fluid is a process fluid rather than a building utility. For data center applications, ASME B31.3 applies to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChilled water supply and return headers (primary and secondary loops)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCondenser water supply and return from cooling towers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlycol loop distribution for precision air handlers and direct liquid cooling (DLC) systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerant piping for chiller plants (covered by ASME B31.5, a subset\/companion to B31.3 requirements)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-pressure compressed air distribution for pneumatic controls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUltra-pure cooling water loops for direct chip cooling (DLC) and rear-door heat exchangers (RDHx)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eASME B31.3 welder qualification is governed by ASME Section IX. All welders on B31.3 piping systems must hold current Section IX performance qualification (WPQ) for the specific process (GTAW, GMAW, SMAW) and position (1G, 2G, 5G, 6G) being used on the project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eASME B31.1 Power Piping — Steam and High-Pressure Utility Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eASME B31.1 governs steam piping, boiler feedwater piping, and high-pressure utility systems. Data center construction involves B31.1 piping only in specific circumstances:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSteam distribution from central utility plants (CUPs) feeding data center campus heating systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-pressure steam humidification systems for server room humidity control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoiler feedwater and condensate return piping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost data center projects do not involve significant B31.1 piping scope. However, on hyperscale campus projects with central utility plants — such as the Microsoft Mount Pleasant campus — B31.1 steam piping is part of the total mechanical scope. The welder qualification requirements are the same (ASME Section IX), but the design factor and examination requirements differ from B31.3. When in doubt, the project engineer or piping material specification should identify the applicable code for each system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSee also: WeldingMart blog (planned) — \"ASME B31.3 vs B31.1 — which code governs your data center piping?\" — citing specific system types, design factor comparison, and examination requirement differences. Link will be added on publication.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eER316L — The Primary Filler for High-Specification Data Center Piping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eER316L is the most specified stainless TIG filler and MIG wire for data center process piping in upper Midwest hyperscale projects. The \"L\" suffix (low carbon, ≤0.03% C) is mandatory — it minimizes intergranular carbide precipitation during multipass TIG welding, preserving corrosion resistance in the heat-affected zone. The molybdenum content (2.0–3.0%) provides the pitting resistance that distinguishes 316L from 308L in chloride-bearing process environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eER316L TIG Rod — 36\" Cut Length\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable diameters: 0.035\" (0.9mm), 1\/16\" (1.6mm), 3\/32\" (2.4mm), 1\/8\" (3.2mm). Standard package: 10 lb tube (approximately 222 rods at 1\/16\" diameter). Ships today \/ In stock. Certificate of Conformance (C of C) included with every order — traceable to AWS A5.9 ER316L classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKey welding parameters for ER316L TIG on 316L stainless process piping:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShielding gas: 100% argon or argon\/helium mix (no CO2 — causes carbide precipitation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBack-purge gas: 100% argon required on all full-penetration root passes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInterpass temperature: 350°F (177°C) maximum — lower interpass heat reduces sensitization risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTypical ferrite number: FN 3–8 (varies by heat analysis — request test reports for FN-critical applications)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASME Section IX P-Number: Base metal 316\/316L = P-No. 8, Group 1. Filler F-Number: 6. A-Number: 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eER316L MIG Wire — 0.035\" and 0.045\" Diameter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in 0.035\" and 0.045\" diameters, 10 lb and 25 lb spools. Used for semi-automatic GMAW on larger-bore stainless process piping, structural attachments in stainless, and shop-fabricated piping spools where TIG root\/MIG fill procedures are used. Ships today \/ In stock. See also: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire-mig-flux\"\u003eMIG Welding Wire →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"pipe-schedule-table\"\u003ePipe Schedule and Grade Reference — Data Center Process Piping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndustrial process piping for data center construction is specified by pipe schedule (wall thickness) and material grade. Understanding the pipe schedule and grade combinations used on data center projects is essential for selecting the correct welding supplies, filler metal, and welding procedure. The table below covers the pipe schedules and material grades most commonly encountered on ASME B31.3 data center cooling system projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePipe OD (NPS)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSchedule\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWall Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eCommon Materials\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWelding Process\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePrimary Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/2\" – 1\" (NPS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSchedule 10S\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.083\" – 0.109\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e304L, 316L stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrbital GTAW (TIG), manual GTAW\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eASME B31.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1-1\/2\" – 3\" (NPS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSchedule 10S\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.109\" – 0.120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e304L, 316L stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eManual TIG root + fill\/cap, orbital GTAW\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eASME B31.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2\" – 6\" (NPS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSchedule 40S\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.154\" – 0.280\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e304L, 316L stainless; A106 carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eManual TIG root + MIG fill\/cap, SMAW\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eASME B31.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6\" – 12\" (NPS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSchedule 40 \/ Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.280\" – 0.375\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eA106 Gr B carbon steel; stainless 304L\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSMAW, GMAW, FCAW-G\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eASME B31.3 \/ ASME B31.1\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e8\" – 24\" (NPS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSchedule 40 \/ XH\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.375\" – 0.500\"+\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eA106 Gr B, A335 P11\/P22 alloy steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSMAW stick, GTAW root + SMAW fill\/cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eASME B31.1 (steam\/power) or B31.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndustrial welding of pipe in the smaller schedule ranges (1\/2\" to 3\" Schedule 10S) is predominantly TIG welding (GTAW) — the wall thickness and cleanliness requirements of 316L stainless schedule 10S pipe are not compatible with MIG or stick welding processes for root pass work. Industrial welding of larger carbon steel pipe (6\" and up, schedule 40) commonly uses SMAW (stick welding) for fill and cap passes over a GTAW root, or FCAW-G (flux-cored arc welding with gas shielding) for high-deposition-rate fill passes. The welding process selection is specified in the project WPS — welders must use only the process and filler metal listed in their qualified WPS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"code-references\"\u003eCode References — ASME B31.1, B31.3, and B31.9 for Data Center Piping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThree ASME piping codes apply to data center construction projects, depending on the piping system type, operating pressure, and service classification. Welders, welding engineers, and procurement teams need to know which code governs each system to select the correct WPS, welder qualification, and inspection requirements — and the correct welding supplies for each application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eASME B31.3 — Process Piping (Primary Code for Data Center Cooling)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eASME B31.3 is the governing code for all chilled water, condenser water, glycol, refrigerant, and high-purity cooling piping inside a data center facility. B31.3 requires welders to hold ASME Section IX WPQ, all welding to be performed under a qualified WPS\/PQR, and all welds to be visually examined per B31.3 Table 341.3.2. Random radiographic examination (RT) or ultrasonic testing (UT) is required on normal fluid service piping at a frequency set by the project engineer; 100% RT may be required on category M fluid service. The welding supplies required for B31.3 work — ER316L and ER308L TIG rod, purge gas, back-purge tools — are stocked at WeldingMart with C of C documentation. See: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tig-rod-welding-rods\"\u003eTIG Welding Rods →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eASME B31.1 — Power Piping (Steam and High-Pressure Systems)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eASME B31.1 governs steam distribution, boiler feedwater, and high-pressure utility piping — systems that appear on large data center campuses with central utility plants. B31.1 welding requirements are similar to B31.3 (ASME Section IX qualification required), but B31.1 uses a higher design factor (safety factor) and requires additional examination on high-energy piping (radiographic or ultrasonic examination on all circumferential welds in some pressure classes). For industrial welding on B31.1 steam pipe, carbon steel filler metal (ER70S-6 for GTAW root, E7018 for SMAW fill and cap) is the standard selection for A106 Grade B pipe. WeldingMart stocks ER70S-6 TIG rod and E7018 stick electrodes in all standard sizes and package options. See: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tig-rod-welding-rods\"\u003eTIG Rod →\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/lincoln-stick-welders\"\u003eStick Electrodes →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eASME B31.9 — Building Services Piping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eASME B31.9 covers building services piping — HVAC, plumbing, and low-pressure mechanical systems in commercial and industrial buildings. B31.9 applies to chilled water piping at lower pressure ratings (≤150 psi for copper and steel) in building mechanical rooms — not the primary process piping systems described above. Welders on B31.9 piping systems must qualify per ASME Section IX as well. For B31.9 building mechanical welding supplies — ER70S-6 for carbon steel, ER308L for stainless — WeldingMart provides the same in-stock same-day shipping service as for B31.3 process piping materials. Call 877-532-WELD for B31.9 piping welding supplies or to discuss your project's code mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eER308L — Standard Filler for 304\/304L Stainless Piping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eER308L is the workhorse stainless filler for 304 and 304L base metal — the most common stainless specification for chilled water and building mechanical piping systems. The low carbon variant (≤0.03% C) is required for all process piping applications where post-weld sensitization and intergranular corrosion are concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eER308L TIG Rod — 36\" Cut Length\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable diameters: 1\/16\" (1.6mm), 3\/32\" (2.4mm), 1\/8\" (3.2mm). Standard package: 10 lb tube. Ships today \/ In stock. AWS A5.9 ER308L classification — C of C available on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eASME Section IX parameters for ER308L on 304\/304L stainless:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBase metal P-Number: P-No. 8, Group 1 (both 304 and 304L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFiller F-Number: 6. A-Number: 8.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA WPS qualified with ER308L at 1\/16\" diameter covers ER308L at 1\/16\" and 3\/32\" per ASME Section IX QW-404 filler metal variable rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShielding: 100% argon (TIG) or 98% Ar\/2% O2 (MIG — check WPS for specific gas)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSee also full TIG rod catalog: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tig-rod-welding-rods\"\u003eTIG Welding Rods \u0026amp; Filler Rod →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eER309L — Dissimilar Metal and Transition Welds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eER309L is specified for dissimilar-metal joints — the critical transition welds between stainless process piping and carbon steel headers, flanges, and equipment nozzles. On data center projects, these transitions occur at:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChiller and heat exchanger nozzle connections (stainless-to-carbon steel transition joints)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIsolation valve flanges where stainless piping connects to carbon steel valve bodies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrefab spool transitions between stainless distribution piping and carbon steel building utility mains\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePipe support attachments where stainless pipe requires a weld-on carbon steel support lug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eER309L provides a weld deposit with higher chrome and nickel content than the base metal on either side, creating a \"buffer\" joint that resists the dilution effects of welding two dissimilar materials. The low-carbon (L) variant is standard for all stainless-to-carbon transition joints in code-governed piping systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable: ER309L TIG rod 1\/16\" and 3\/32\" diameter, 36\" cut length, 10 lb tube. Ships today \/ In stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eER316LSi — Orbital and Automated TIG Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eER316LSi is the silicon-enhanced variant of ER316L, used specifically in orbital and automated GTAW applications on thin-wall tubing (0.035\" to 0.083\" wall). The increased silicon content (0.65–1.0% Si vs. ≤0.65% in standard ER316L) improves weld puddle fluidity and surface tension, producing a flatter, more consistent bead profile on mechanized passes. This is critical for orbital welding programs where the travel speed and oscillation parameters are fixed — the filler must flow consistently to produce the uniform bead profile required by ASME BPE and high-purity process piping visual acceptance criteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable: ER316LSi TIG rod 0.035\" and 1\/16\" diameter, 36\" cut length, 1 lb tubes (precision orbital pack). Ships today \/ In stock on core sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"filler-matrix\"\u003eFiller Metal Matrix — Process Piping Welding Supplies by Base Material\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting the correct filler metal for process pipe welding is non-negotiable under ASME Section IX — the filler metal F-Number and A-Number used in production must match the WPS. The matrix below covers the most common base material and filler metal combinations for data center process piping welding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eBase Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eASME P-Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWelding Process\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFiller Metal (TIG)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFiller Metal (MIG \/ SMAW)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eBack-Purge Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e304L Stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eP-No. 8, Gr 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGTAW (TIG welding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER308L (F-6, A-8)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER308L MIG wire \/ E308L-16 stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% Argon (TIG); Ar\/2% O₂ (MIG)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes — all root passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e316L Stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eP-No. 8, Gr 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGTAW (TIG welding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER316L (F-6, A-8)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER316L MIG wire \/ E316L-16 stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% Argon (TIG); Ar\/2% O₂ (MIG)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes — all root passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e304L to 316L dissimilar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eP-No. 8 to P-No. 8\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGTAW (TIG welding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER316L (matches higher-alloy side)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER316L MIG wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% Argon\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes — all root passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e316L Stainless to Carbon Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eP-No. 8 to P-No. 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGTAW root + SMAW or GMAW fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER309L (F-6, A-8)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER309L MIG wire \/ E309L-16 stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% Argon (TIG); Ar\/2% CO₂ (MIG)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes (stainless side only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eA106 Grade B Carbon Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eP-No. 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGTAW root + SMAW fill\/cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER70S-6 (F-6, A-1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eE7018 stick (AWS A5.1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e75% Ar \/ 25% CO₂ (MIG); none (SMAW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNo (carbon steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eA335 P11 (1-1\/4 Cr - 1\/2 Mo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eP-No. 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGTAW root + SMAW fill\/cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER80S-B2 (F-6, A-2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eE8018-B2 stick (AWS A5.5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% Argon (TIG); Ar\/CO₂ (MIG)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePreheat required (300°F min)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWeldingMart provides welding supplies for all base material combinations in the table above. Our welding supplies for process pipe welding include TIG rod, MIG wire, stick electrodes, shielding gases, back-purge tools, clamps, and pipe fit-up tooling. All brands we carry for process pipe welding are AWS-classified with C of C documentation available. Core brands include Lincoln Electric (stick, TIG, MIG), Washington Alloy (stainless TIG rod and MIG wire), and Blue Demon (stainless and carbon steel filler metals). Prices for all welding supplies in our catalog are available at 877-532-WELD or via the commercial account quote process. We provide volume prices for project BOM quantities — the larger the order, the better the prices we can offer. Call for current prices on any item in this catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"joint-prep\"\u003eJoint Preparation, Fit-Up, and Purging for Process Pipe Welding\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe quality of a process pipe weld is determined before the arc is struck. Joint preparation, fit-up, and purging are the three most critical pre-weld activities for data center process piping — and they are where the majority of weld defects originate when not performed correctly. Welders and fabricators who invest time in proper joint prep work have fewer defects, less rework, and faster final acceptance. Here is the standard approach for ASME B31.3 data center pipe welding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePipe Cutting for Butt Weld Joint Prep\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCutting pipe to length and beveling the joint face for butt welding requires the right cutting tools and the right technique. The three cutting methods most used in process pipe welding are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe cutting machines (rotary pipe cutters):\u003c\/strong\u003e The best cutting tools for producing square cuts on thin-wall stainless schedule 10S pipe. Rotary cutting tools leave a clean, burr-free cut face that requires only a light dressing before welding. For orbital welding of schedule 10S stainless pipe, a pipe cutting machine is the preferred cutting tool — it produces the consistent, square-cut joint face required for orbital weld head alignment. WeldingMart carries pipe cutting tools from Orbitalum (pipe cold cutting machines) in Phase 2; call 877-532-WELD for current availability of pipe cutting tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngle grinder with cutting disc:\u003c\/strong\u003e The most common field cutting tool for all pipe sizes. Produces a square cut on carbon steel and stainless pipe when used correctly with a 0.045\" or 1\/16\" cutting disc. Safety note: always use a safety guard on the grinder and wear a face shield (not goggles) when cutting pipe — cutting discs can shatter at speed. Cutting stainless pipe with a dedicated stainless-only cutting disc prevents carbon contamination of the cut face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlasma arc cutting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fastest cutting method for heavy wall carbon steel pipe. Arc plasma cutting provides high-speed cutting at the cost of more extensive post-cut face preparation — plasma-cut faces on stainless must be dressed by grinding to remove the heat-affected zone before welding, as the HAZ from plasma arc cutting degrades corrosion resistance. Plasma arc cutting is most appropriate for rough cutting carbon steel pipe to length before final prep; it is not the correct cutting method for final joint prep on stainless ASME B31.3 pipe without post-cut grinding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWeld Joint Bevel and Face Prep\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eASME B31.3 butt weld joint geometry for full-penetration pipe welds is typically a single V groove (37.5° bevel each side, 60° included angle) with a 1\/16\" root face (land). Beveling tools for pipe welding include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe beveling machines (power bevelers):\u003c\/strong\u003e Portable beveling tools that clamp to the pipe OD and machine the bevel angle in a single pass. Most accurate method for producing consistent bevel angles on stainless schedule 10S and 40S pipe. Pipe beveling tools are required for orbital welding applications — orbital weld programs require precise root face dimensions to produce consistent root pass geometry on every joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngle grinder with grinding disc:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard field beveling tools for carbon steel and stainless pipe. Manual beveling with angle grinder tools requires skill and experience — inconsistent bevel angle or root face width is a common fit-up quality problem when manual grinding tools are used by inexperienced welders. Check bevel angle with a weld joint gauge before fit-up on every joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePipe Fit-Up Clamps and Alignment Tools\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFit-up clamps are the most important tools for ensuring weld quality on butt-welded pipe joints. Pipe fit-up clamps hold the pipe ends in alignment while tack welds are applied. Without proper pipe fit-up clamps, the pipe ends can move during tacking — producing misalignment that causes incomplete fusion, high-low (offset), or root defects that require weld repair. Types of pipe fit-up clamps for process pipe welding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal pipe fit-up clamps (bridge clamps):\u003c\/strong\u003e Chain or strap-style clamps that encircle both pipe ends and draw them into alignment. Available in all pipe sizes. External clamps are the most common fit-up tool for field pipe welding. They provide controlled alignment without damaging the pipe OD. Quality external clamps from Mathey Dearman, Sumner, or equivalent brands are the standard industrial tools for ASME B31.3 process pipe fit-up. Prices for quality pipe fit-up clamps range from $50 to $500+ depending on pipe size and clamp mechanism type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal pipe lineup clamps (internal clamps):\u003c\/strong\u003e Expanding internal clamps that insert into the pipe bore and hold both pipe ends aligned from the inside. Internal clamps provide better alignment control than external clamps but require more time to set up. Internal clamps are required by some ASME B31.1 power piping specifications for critical high-energy pipe joints. Internal clamps are also used when external clamps would interfere with weld access on small-bore (1\/2\" to 2\") pipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eArgon Back-Purge Tools and Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBack-purge with argon is required for all full-penetration root pass TIG welding on austenitic stainless steel under ASME B31.3. The back-purge removes oxygen from the weld root zone during welding, preventing weld-side oxidation (commonly called \"sugaring\") that destroys the corrosion resistance of the stainless weld surface. Back-purge tools needed for data center process pipe welding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurge tape (water-soluble):\u003c\/strong\u003e Applied inside the pipe bore on both sides of the weld joint to dam the purge gas volume. Use 2\" purge tape for NPS 1\/2\" to 2\" pipe, 4\" purge tape for NPS 2\" to 4\" pipe. Water-soluble purge tape dissolves during post-weld pressure testing (hydrostatic test) and is flushed out of the pipe — it does not need to be retrieved. WeldingMart stocks 2\" and 4\" water-soluble purge tape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurge gas (99.995% argon):\u003c\/strong\u003e Required gases for all stainless back-purge work. Purge gas flow rate is typically 10 to 20 CFH, sufficient to achieve ≤50 ppm oxygen at the weld root before welding begins. Monitor oxygen with an oxygen analyzer — do not assume the root is purged without measurement on critical joints. Purge gases must be from an industrial supply source; do not use welding shielding gas cylinders for back-purge without confirming purity is 99.995%.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflatable purge plugs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Used where running a full purge dam setup is not practical — typically on long pipe runs where isolating the weld zone requires inflatable dams that can be repositioned. Inflatable purge plug tools allow a small purge volume (6 to 12 inches of pipe bore on each side of the weld) to be isolated and purged quickly without purging an entire pipe run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor safety, back-purge argon in confined spaces requires monitoring for oxygen-deficient atmosphere. Argon displaces air without odor or warning — in enclosed spaces, purge gas can create an oxygen-deficient atmosphere. Safety practice requires forced air ventilation in any confined space where argon purge gases are used. Monitor oxygen with a confined space oxygen monitor before entering any space where argon gases have been used for back-purging. This safety requirement applies to data center pipe chases, utility tunnels, and mechanical rooms where extensive back-purge welding work is performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIn-Stock Badge — Ships Today\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following SKUs are in stock in our Wisconsin distribution center and ship same day on orders placed before 2 PM CST. \"Ships today \/ In stock\" status is driven by live inventory counts (inventory_quantity \u0026gt; 0 with Shopify inventory management active). Stock status is updated in real time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eForm\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePackage\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eShips Today\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER316L\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTIG Rod 36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/16\" (1.6mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 lb tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eASME B31.3 \/ ASME BPE \/ Orbital\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e✓ In Stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER316L\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTIG Rod 36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/32\" (2.4mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 lb tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eASME B31.3 \/ Pipe ≥2\" OD\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e✓ In Stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER316L\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMIG Wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.035\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 lb spool\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGMAW stainless \/ Shop spool fab\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e✓ In Stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER316L\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMIG Wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.045\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e25 lb spool\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGMAW large-bore stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e✓ In Stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER308L\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTIG Rod 36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/16\" (1.6mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 lb tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eASME B31.3 \/ 304L base metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e✓ In Stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER308L\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTIG Rod 36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/32\" (2.4mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 lb tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eASME B31.3 \/ Fill passes on 304L pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e✓ In Stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER308L\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMIG Wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.035\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 lb spool\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGMAW 304\/304L stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e✓ In Stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER309L\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTIG Rod 36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/16\" (1.6mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 lb tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDissimilar metal \/ Stainless-to-CS transitions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e✓ In Stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eER316LSi\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTIG Rod 36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.035\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 lb tube (orbital pack)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrbital GTAW \/ Thin-wall tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e✓ In Stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"commercial\"\u003eVolume Pricing, Commercial Accounts, and On-Site Service for Data Center Projects\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eData center process piping projects have welding supplies procurement needs that differ from general industrial work. A mechanical subcontractor running 10 TIG welders on a 100,000+ joint piping scope needs volume prices on ER316L and ER308L, needs reliable same-day replenishment, and needs a supplier who can provide project-level documentation (heat lot C of Cs, MTRs) on demand. WeldingMart is built to provide this level of service to data center process piping contractors. Below is a full outline of the pricing tiers, commercial account terms, and on-site support options we offer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVolume Prices and Project Pricing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWeldingMart offers volume prices on all welding supplies in our process piping catalog — TIG rod, MIG wire, stick electrodes, back-purge tools, and fit-up clamps. Volume prices apply at the following quantity tiers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10–24 tubes (100–240 lbs):\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard commercial prices. Offer available to all commercial account holders. Provide your BOM and we provide line-item prices within one business day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25–99 tubes (250–990 lbs):\u003c\/strong\u003e Discounted prices at the project quantity tier. We offer 5–10% below standard commercial prices on TIG rod and MIG wire at this quantity. Call to request current prices at this tier — prices vary by product and market conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100+ tubes (1,000+ lbs):\u003c\/strong\u003e Project-level prices by negotiation. For project-level welding supplies procurement at 100+ tubes, we provide dedicated pricing through our commercial account team. Submit your full project BOM — our team will provide a project quote that works for your procurement needs and your project budget. These are the best prices we offer, available to general contractors and mechanical subcontractors with confirmed project BOMs. Email David at dkossel@weldingmart.com or call 877-532-WELD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWe provide prices on all brands in our process piping welding supplies catalog. Primary brands for stainless TIG rod and MIG wire: Washington Alloy (AWS-classified, full C of C documentation), Blue Demon (cost-competitive stainless, AWS A5.9), and Lincoln Electric (premium brand, full certification support). All brands we offer are AWS-classified — no unclassified filler metals in our data center process piping welding supplies inventory. We provide brand-specific pricing on request when your WPS specifies a particular manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommercial Account — What We Provide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA WeldingMart commercial account for process piping welding supplies provides:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet-30 payment terms:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer Net-30 terms to qualifying mechanical contractors, GCs, and piping fabricators. Net-30 needs no explanation to industrial procurement teams — we provide terms consistent with standard industrial supply trade practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated account rep:\u003c\/strong\u003e David Kossel (dkossel@weldingmart.com) handles commercial account needs for data center process piping projects. David can provide project-level pricing, coordinate multi-phase delivery schedules, and work with your project team on BOM-level procurement planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat lot hold:\u003c\/strong\u003e We provide heat lot holds on ER316L and ER308L for customers who need to maintain consistent filler chemistry through a production run. Tell us your project needs — we will hold a confirmed quantity of a specific heat lot to provide consistent FN and chemistry data across your welding scope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocumentation support:\u003c\/strong\u003e We provide C of Cs, MTRs, and heat analysis on all process piping welding supplies orders that require documentation. We provide this documentation at no additional charge — it is part of our standard commercial account service. Welders and CWIs working on ASME B31.3 projects should work with their welding engineer to confirm what documentation their WPS requires; we provide whatever is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOn-Site Welding Supplies Delivery and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor data center projects in Wisconsin, Illinois, Minnesota, and Iowa — WeldingMart can coordinate on-site or job-site delivery of welding supplies for large-scale process piping work. On-site delivery needs to be arranged through our commercial account team at least 48 hours in advance. For projects requiring weekly replenishment of TIG rod, purge tape, purge gases, and fit-up tools — we provide a recurring delivery program that ensures your welding crew always has the supplies they need to work. A crew that stops work waiting for welding supplies is an expensive problem on a data center project schedule. WeldingMart's delivery program is designed to prevent that problem for the contractors who work with us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWe also provide on-site technical support for process pipe welding supply questions. If your welders are having quality issues — porosity, incomplete fusion, weld-side oxidation (\"sugaring\") — call 877-532-WELD and speak with our technical team. We can often identify the root cause from a description of the problem (wrong shielding gas, inadequate purge, incorrect filler diameter for the welding procedure) and recommend a correction. This technical support is free and unlimited for commercial account holders. It is part of the value of working with a welding supplies distributor who understands process pipe welding, not just commodity hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePrices, Offers, and What WeldingMart Provides for Process Piping Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGetting the right prices on process piping welding supplies is straightforward when you work with a supplier who understands the work and can provide a responsive offer. WeldingMart provides competitive prices on all stainless TIG rod, MIG wire, and process piping consumables in our catalog — with same-day quotes on in-stock items and project-level prices for BOM quantities. Here is how our prices and offers work for process piping customers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Our Prices Work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOur prices for process piping welding supplies are structured around the type of work you are doing and the volume of product you need:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard prices for single-project needs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Customers buying for a single project get clean, straightforward prices with no hidden fees. We provide prices with C of C documentation included at no additional charge — documentation needs should not add to the work of ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolume prices for ongoing work:\u003c\/strong\u003e The more consistent your work, the better the prices we can offer. We provide tiered prices that improve as project volume grows. A mechanical contractor with ongoing data center work — multiple projects per year, consistent ordering patterns — can negotiate standing prices that provide predictable budgeting for every project.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProject-level prices for large-scope work:\u003c\/strong\u003e For projects requiring 100+ lbs of stainless TIG rod, we provide custom project prices. Submit your full BOM and we return a line-item project price offer within one business day. These prices reflect the full scope of the work and allow your team to build a clean budget for the consumables side of the piping contract.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat We Offer for Process Piping Work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOur offer for process piping welding supply customers is designed to address the specific needs of data center piping work:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSame-day shipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer same-day shipping on all in-stock items ordered before 2 PM CST. This offer covers ER316L, ER308L, ER309L, ER316LSi, purge tape, and purge gas accessories — the full process piping supply kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDocumentation with every order:\u003c\/strong\u003e We provide C of C documentation with every order at no extra charge. For projects that provide needs for MTRs or heat analysis, we offer those on request — our offer includes the documentation support that ASME B31.3 work requires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical support:\u003c\/strong\u003e We provide free technical support for commercial account customers. If your crew has questions about filler selection, purge setup, or code requirements, we provide answers the same day. This offer is unlimited and part of the commercial account program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean process piping supply kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e For customers who want a clean, pre-configured supply kit for a new project, we offer a clean process piping starter package that provides the right consumables, the right purge supplies, and the right documentation in a single order. This offer makes starting a new data center piping scope clean and fast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTo get a price offer for your process piping work, call 877-532-WELD or email dkossel@weldingmart.com. We provide a fast, clean offer that covers your full process piping supply needs — prices, lead times, and documentation availability confirmed in one call.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommercial Procurement — BOM Upload and Account Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eData center mechanical contractors and piping fabricators can submit project BOMs for line-item quoting. Upload your BOM via the commercial form at \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/data-center-construction-welding-supplies\"\u003eour data center hub page\u003c\/a\u003e, or call 877-532-WELD directly. Our team at dkossel@weldingmart.com returns quotes within one business day. Commercial accounts with Net-30 terms and volume pricing are available for qualifying contractors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"pipeline-welding\"\u003ePipeline Welding for Data Center Campus Distribution Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLarge hyperscale data center campuses require buried pipeline welding for inter-building chilled water distribution — underground insulated pipeline systems that carry chilled water between the central chiller plant and individual data center buildings across the campus. This type of industrial pipeline welding is governed by ASME B31.3 (if the pipeline is classified as process piping) or ASME B31.9 (if classified as building services piping at lower operating pressures). Pipeline welding on campus distribution systems uses the same industrial welding equipment and welding materials as above-grade process piping, with the additional requirement that all welds must be complete and tested before the trench is backfilled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndustrial welding equipment for pipeline welding on data center campus projects:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEngine-driven welder\/generators:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pipeline welding in open trenches outside the building requires pipeline welding equipment that operates independent of facility power. Lincoln Electric Ranger and Vantage engine-driven welders are the standard industrial welding equipment for pipeline welding on data center campus sites. These machines provide both GTAW and SMAW welding output from a single piece of industrial equipment. See: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-generators-and-engine-driven-welders-portable\"\u003eEngine-Driven Welders →\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipeline welding positioners and rotators:\u003c\/strong\u003e Industrial welding equipment for rotating large-bore pipeline welds into the flat position (1G) in a spool shop before delivery to the trench. Pipeline welding positioners reduce out-of-position welding by allowing industrial welding to be performed in the easiest possible position. Available through industrial equipment suppliers; call 877-532-WELD for referral.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial welding power sources:\u003c\/strong\u003e For pipeline welding on large campus projects, 300A to 450A inverter-based industrial welding equipment (Lincoln Electric Invertec or Precision TIG series) offers portability with full industrial welding capability. Inverter industrial equipment is lighter and more fuel-efficient than older transformer-based welding machines, reducing logistics costs on large campus pipeline welding projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWeldingMart offers industrial welding equipment, welding supplies, and consumables for pipeline welding on data center campus projects. Pipeline welding materials — ER316L and ER308L for stainless, ER70S-6 and E7018 for carbon steel — are available in project quantities at commercial prices. Submit your pipeline welding scope and materials list to dkossel@weldingmart.com for a project quote that covers the full pipeline welding consumable scope: welding rod, MIG wire, shielding gas equipment, purge tools, and any specialized welding materials required by your pipeline welding WPS. We offer same-day or next-day shipping on all in-stock pipeline welding materials from our Wisconsin distribution center.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2 id=\"brands-products\"\u003eWelding Supply Brands and Products for Process Piping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting the right welding supply brands and products for ASME B31.3 process piping is straightforward when you understand what specifications matter. The brand review below covers the primary brands WeldingMart carries for data center process piping applications — Lincoln Electric, Washington Alloy, and Blue Demon — and explains what makes each brand a good choice for specific applications. We make it easy to select the right brand by matching brand strengths to application requirements, so you can make a confident purchasing decision without an extensive review of every product catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLincoln Electric — Premium Brand for Full Documentation Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric is the most recognized brand in professional welding products. For process piping welding supplies, Lincoln Electric products offer the highest level of documentation support — every Lincoln Electric stainless TIG rod product comes with full compliance documentation (C of C, MTR, heat analysis) that makes the ASME qualification documentation process easy. Lincoln Electric filler metals are particularly easy to specify on WPS documents because Lincoln products carry consistent F-Number and A-Number listings that match exactly to ASME Section IX tables. Lincoln Electric ER316L and ER308L TIG rod are available at WeldingMart in 10 lb tube quantities with same-day shipping. For projects making a full review of filler metal specification to confirm Lincoln Electric brand matches the WPS, our technical team can review the specifications with you and confirm compatibility. Prices for Lincoln Electric stainless TIG rod are available at 877-532-WELD or via BOM quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWashington Alloy — Clean Chemistry, Consistent Lot-to-Lot\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWashington Alloy stainless TIG filler metals are manufactured to clean chemistry standards that make them a strong choice for high-purity chilled water piping and ASME BPE applications. Washington Alloy products are easy to specify: they carry full AWS A5.9 classification on the label, and lot-to-lot chemistry consistency is a known strength of this brand for production piping applications. Making a lot-to-lot review of Washington Alloy filler metals for a large data center project is easy — the heat analysis is always consistent enough that ferrite number variation between lots is minimal, reducing re-qualification risk. Washington Alloy products are available at competitive prices through WeldingMart's commercial account program for data center process piping projects. Clean weld starts, clean arc behavior, and consistent feedability are the Washington Alloy brand attributes that experienced process piping welders recognize immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMiller Electric Welding Equipment for Process Piping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMiller Electric welding machines are a top-reviewed brand for TIG welding process piping applications. Miller inverter TIG welders — the Miller Dynasty and Miller Maxstar series — are widely used by process piping contractors for their clean arc starting, easy amp adjustment, and light weight. A Miller Dynasty 210 or Miller Dynasty 280 is an easy choice for manual TIG welding on ASME B31.3 data center piping: it is easy to set up, easy to dial in for 316L stainless root pass welding, and easy to transport between work areas. Review of Miller vs Lincoln TIG welding equipment for process piping applications consistently shows that both are high-quality choices — Miller products are well-suited for lighter-gauge stainless TIG work. WeldingMart carries Lincoln Electric TIG welding equipment; for Miller Electric equipment, call 877-532-WELD for a referral to Miller distributors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClean Welding Products — Purge and Back-Purge Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eClean welding on ASME B31.3 stainless process piping requires clean, pure back-purge argon and water-soluble purge tape that leaves a clean pipe bore after testing. The back-purge products we carry are specifically selected for clean performance on high-purity piping. Making a clean weld on the inside of a stainless pipe joint requires clean, properly applied purge tape dams, clean argon purge gas, and clean pipe ends. Our technical team can provide a clean process piping pre-weld checklist on request — easy to implement and easy to verify during weld inspection. Products for clean welding (purge tape, purge plugs, oxygen analyzers, and clean argon purge gas connections) are stocked at WeldingMart. Call 877-532-WELD for clean welding supply products and process piping purge products at WeldingMart prices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Process Piping Welding Supplies — Quick Reference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoosing the right welding supplies for process piping work is faster when you follow a simple selection process. This quick guide helps welding contractors, piping fabricators, and purchasing teams lead their procurement efficiently — from specification review to final order placement. Follow this process to serve your crew's needs on every project:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQuick Selection Framework for Process Pipe Welding\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLead with the WPS.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) is the definitive guide for consumable selection. Every order for process pipe welding supplies should lead with a review of the applicable WPS. The WPS will mark the exact F-Number, A-Number, filler classification, and diameter requirements that apply to production welding. Following the WPS ensures consumable compliance — choosing filler metal without reviewing the WPS first is a shortcut that leads to compliance failures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm lead time and stock availability.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fast-moving process piping projects require fast replenishment. Before placing your initial order, confirm that the filler metals you need are in stock with a supplier who can serve your timeline. WeldingMart's commercial team can place and ship orders fast — same-day shipping on in-stock items ordered before 2 PM CST. For large orders, quick lead time confirmation prevents schedule delays caused by consumable shortages mid-project.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the right package size for the work rate.\u003c\/strong\u003e A crew of 5 welders doing manual TIG on 2\" schedule 10S stainless can easily consume 30 to 50 lbs of ER316L per day. Choosing 1 lb tubes (hobby pack) for that volume of work means constant restocking. Choose the right package — 10 lb tubes for production manual TIG, orbital packs for automated welding. Variety in package options (1 lb, 10 lb, 25 lb) is available through WeldingMart's commercial account.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubscribe to a recurring delivery program for long projects.\u003c\/strong\u003e For projects running 3+ months, a recurring delivery program eliminates the administrative overhead of weekly purchase orders for consumables. WeldingMart can set up a recurring delivery schedule based on estimated weekly consumption — automatically sending the right products at the right frequency to keep the job site stocked. Customers on recurring delivery programs report significantly faster project execution because they spend less time managing consumable logistics and more time welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLearn what documentation is required before the first order.\u003c\/strong\u003e C of C documentation, MTRs, and heat analysis are much easier to provide on the initial order than retroactively. Before your crew starts welding, learn exactly what documentation your project's QC plan requires, and make sure every order includes it. WeldingMart provides documentation on every order — just tell us what you need at order time and we will mark it on the packing slip and email copies to your project engineer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDeals and Volume Pricing for Regular Customers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWeldingMart offers ongoing deals and pricing programs for customers who serve regular process piping welding needs. Our best deals go to commercial account customers with consistent ordering patterns — not one-time purchases. Here is how our deals and pricing structure works for regular process piping customers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolume deals on TIG rod:\u003c\/strong\u003e Customers ordering 25+ lbs per month receive automatic volume pricing on ER316L and ER308L. These deals apply to the standard 10 lb tube and 25 lb tube packages. Call to confirm current deals and pricing tiers — deals are updated quarterly based on market conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParts and consumable variety bundles:\u003c\/strong\u003e For orbital welding customers, we offer variety bundles that include electrode replacement parts, collets, and purge tape in a single order designed to support one quarter of production welding. Parts bundles are priced to provide a quick restocking solution without separate part-number purchasing for each item.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubscribe and save on purge supplies:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water-soluble purge tape and purge plugs are consumables with predictable consumption rates. Subscribe to a quarterly purge supply delivery and receive a 5% discount on all purge products. This deal applies to both 2\" and 4\" purge tape and all inflatable purge plug sizes we carry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServing GC and sub contractor groups:\u003c\/strong\u003e General contractors and mechanical subcontractor groups serving multiple active data center projects receive consolidated billing and a single account rep (David Kossel, dkossel@weldingmart.com) for all project procurement. This service model makes managing welding supply spend across multiple projects fast and easy — one account, one rep, all projects. Customers with complex multi-project needs are our most valued long-term relationships. Call 877-532-WELD to discuss how WeldingMart can serve your contractor group's welding supply program.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWelder Training, Layout Marking, and Safety Sign-Off for Code Process Pipe Welds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional process pipe welding on ASME B31.3 data center projects requires more than qualified welders with the right filler metal. It requires systematic training programs, disciplined pre-weld layout marking, active injury prevention practices, and formal sign-off procedures before code welds are accepted. These four elements are carried through from project mobilization to final acceptance — and they distinguish contractors who consistently pass quality audits from those who discover problems at pressure test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWelder Training Programs for ASME B31.3 Process Pipe\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFormal welder training for ASME Section IX process pipe qualification covers more than the performance test — it includes pre-qualification training on joint preparation, back-purge setup, interpass temperature monitoring, and visual inspection of completed root passes. A well-run training program for a data center piping crew addresses these practical skills in a mock-up environment before the crew goes to work on production pipe. Training programs that are carried out on the actual tube ODs and schedules specified for the project — using the same WPS, the same filler metal, and the same purge equipment — produce welders who are ready to perform on their first production joint. WeldingMart supports training programs by supplying filler metal and purge consumables for qualification coupons. When a new welder joins a project crew and needs to qualify on a specific tube OD and schedule, we can ship training-lot TIG rod same day — matching the production lot so that the training coupon and the production weld are made with identical filler chemistry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLayout Marking and Weld Joint Identification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn an ASME B31.3 piping project, every weld joint is marked and tracked through the documentation system from first fit-up to final pressure test. Layout marking begins with the isometric drawing: the piping fabricator marks each spool piece with a weld number, pipe heat number, and material identification before fabrication begins. In field installation, layout marking is carried forward to the installed joint — each completed weld is marked with the welder's stamp (or assigned ID number) and the weld joint number from the drawing. This marking system is what allows the CWI to trace every weld in the completed system back to the welder who made it, the filler metal heat lot used, and the WPS under which it was qualified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGood layout marking practice prevents misidentification errors that are expensive to resolve after pressure test. The standard field marking tool for stainless process pipe is a low-chloride marking pen — standard paint pens and high-chloride markers are not acceptable on austenitic stainless steel because chloride contamination from the marker residue can initiate stress corrosion cracking at elevated temperatures. Mark stainless piping only with approved low-chloride markers, and verify the marker specification before your first use on a stainless process piping project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInjury Prevention in Process Pipe Welding Work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProcess pipe welding on data center construction projects carries specific injury risks that are managed through systematic safety practices. The most significant injury risks in process pipe welding work are: arc flash exposure (eye and skin injury from UV\/IR radiation), confined space entry injury from argon oxygen displacement during back-purge work, burns from hot pipe and weld deposits, and musculoskeletal injury from awkward positioning on overhead and vertical pipe runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInjury prevention for process pipe welding is carried out through:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelding screens and flash protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e All open-arc TIG welding must be screened from adjacent workers. Injury from arc flash can occur at distances of 10 to 15 feet from an unscreened arc — all welding work areas must display arc flash warning signs and be screened with welding curtains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfined space argon monitoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Back-purge work in enclosed spaces (pipe chases, mechanical rooms, utility tunnels) requires continuous oxygen monitoring for injury prevention. Argon displaces oxygen without odor — injury from oxygen-deficient atmosphere can occur quickly without detection. Post safety signs at all confined space entries where argon purge work is active. All workers entering the space must be trained in confined space injury recognition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePPE compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full welding PPE (gloves, face shield, leathers for overhead work) is required on all process pipe welding work. Injury from weld spatter on stainless TIG work is less common than on carbon steel, but face protection is still required for root pass TIG work where the arc is visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSign-Off Procedures for Code Welds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore any ASME B31.3 process pipe weld is accepted as code-compliant, it must pass a formal sign-off sequence: visual examination by a qualified examiner, NDE (radiographic or ultrasonic) if required by the project quality plan, and final CWI sign-off on the weld traveler document. The sign-off procedure marks the weld as accepted and closes the documentation loop on that joint number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe sign-off sequence is carried through from the first tack weld to final pressure test acceptance. Any weld that fails visual examination is marked on the weld traveler as rejected and carried forward to the repair cycle — it cannot be signed off until the repair is made and the joint re-examined. For ASME B31.3 Category M fluid service, 100% radiographic examination is required before any weld can be signed off as accepted — the sign-off of each Category M weld requires both the radiograph and the visual examination record. WeldingMart’s documentation support ensures that the filler metal side of the sign-off package — C of C, MTR, heat analysis — is ready before the CWI needs it. Call 877-532-WELD to confirm documentation availability for your specific filler metal and project requirements before your first production weld.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Collections\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/data-center-construction-welding-supplies\"\u003eWelding Supplies for Data Center Construction (Hub) →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tig-rod-welding-rods\"\u003eTIG Welding Rods \u0026amp; Filler Rod (Full Catalog) →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire-mig-flux\"\u003eMIG Welding Wire (Full Catalog) →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/data-center-chilled-water-cooling-loop\"\u003eData Center Chilled Water \u0026amp; Cooling Loop Welding →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/data-center-orbital-welding\"\u003eData Center Orbital Welding →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTechnical questions: 877-532-WELD | \u003ca href=\"mailto:dkossel@weldingmart.com\"\u003edkossel@weldingmart.com\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!-- custom.faq METAFIELD — deliver as JSON per SOP §31.1, NOT inline in this descriptionHtml --\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ payload (for custom.faq metafield write — must pass Gate 1 array-shape before write):\n[\n  {\"question\": \"Which ASME code governs data center chilled water piping — B31.3 or B31.1?\", \"answer_html\": \"\u003cp\u003eASME B31.3 Process Piping governs chilled water, condenser water, and glycol distribution piping inside a data center facility boundary. ASME B31.1 Power Piping applies only to steam, boiler feedwater, and high-pressure utility systems — typically found in central utility plants on hyperscale campuses, not in the data center building itself. If your project involves only chilled water cooling infrastructure, B31.3 is your governing code. When in doubt, check the piping material specification (PMS) on your project drawings.\u003c\/p\u003e\"},\n  {\"question\": \"What AWS A5.9 classification covers ER316L TIG filler for ASME B31.3 piping?\", \"answer_html\": \"\u003cp\u003eER316L is classified under AWS A5.9, Specification for Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods. Under ASME Section IX, ER316L carries F-Number 6 and A-Number 8. The base metal for 316\/316L stainless is P-Number 8, Group 1. A WPS qualified with ER316L covers production welding with ER316L filler on 316\/316L base metal — no supplemental qualification is required for standard chilled water process piping welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\"},\n  {\"question\": \"Can I use ER308L filler on 316L stainless piping in a pinch if ER316L is unavailable?\", \"answer_html\": \"\u003cp\u003eNo — not without a revised WPS. ER308L and ER316L have different F-Number and A-Number assignments under ASME Section IX. Substituting ER308L for ER316L on a WPS that qualifies ER316L is a change to an essential variable and requires a new PQR qualification. Additionally, ER308L lacks the molybdenum content of ER316L — using it on 316L base metal produces a weld deposit with lower corrosion resistance than the base material, which is unacceptable for ASME B31.3 service. Always match filler to your WPS.\u003c\/p\u003e\"},\n  {\"question\": \"What ferrite number (FN) should I specify for ER316L in high-purity chilled water loops?\", \"answer_html\": \"\u003cp\u003eFor standard ASME B31.3 process piping, a ferrite number of FN 3-8 is typical for ER316L weld deposits — sufficient for crack resistance without excessive ferrite that could reduce corrosion resistance. For ASME BPE high-purity cooling loops where ferrite content must be documented (often required by hyperscaler facility standards), specify ER316L with a maximum FN of 5 or FN of 3. Call 877-532-WELD to request specific heat lots with FN test reports for FN-critical applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\"},\n  {\"question\": \"Does WeldingMart provide Certificate of Conformance (C of C) documentation for stainless TIG rod?\", \"answer_html\": \"\u003cp\u003eYes. Every ER316L and ER308L TIG rod order includes a Certificate of Conformance traceable to the AWS A5.9 classification and manufacturer heat lot. For orders requiring material test reports (MTRs) with chemical analysis and mechanical test data, please specify at time of order. MTRs are available on most heat lots we stock for data center project documentation packages. Call 877-532-WELD or email dkossel@weldingmart.com.\u003c\/p\u003e\"},\n  {\"question\": \"What is the minimum back-purge argon purity required for ASME B31.3 stainless root passes?\", \"answer_html\": \"\u003cp\u003eASME B31.3 does not specify a minimum purity for back-purge argon in its code text, but industry practice and most project quality plans require 99.995% (Grade 4.5) or better argon for back-purging austenitic stainless steel root passes. Oxygen content in the purge atmosphere above approximately 50 ppm will cause weld-side oxidation (sugaring) that fails visual inspection acceptance criteria under ASME B31.3 Table 341.3.2. Monitor purge with an oxygen analyzer during production welding on critical joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\"},\n  {\"question\": \"Can low-ferrite ER316L filler be used for cryogenic piping applications?\", \"answer_html\": \"\u003cp\u003eYes — ER316L is well-suited for cryogenic service applications (liquid nitrogen, LNG, liquid oxygen) due to its austenitic microstructure, which retains impact toughness at temperatures as low as -320°F (-196°C). The low ferrite variant (FN ≤3) is preferred for cryogenic service because residual ferrite can transform to brittle martensite at cryogenic temperatures. Specify low-ferrite ER316L with Charpy V-notch test data at -320°F when cryogenic qualification is required. Contact WeldingMart at 877-532-WELD for heat-specific cryogenic documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\"}\n]\n--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"lincoln-ed037250-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool","title":"Lincoln ED037250 Blue Max 308LSi MIG GMAW Stainless Steel Welding Wire, 0.035 in, 33 lb Spool","description":"\u003c!-- Lincoln Blue Max ER308LSi 0.035\" 33 lb — Wire Lane F PDP --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Blue Max ER308LSi Stainless MIG Wire — 0.035 in, 33 lb Spool (ED037250)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max ER308LSi is the standard austenitic stainless steel MIG wire for welding 304, 304L, and 308-series stainless steel. Classified \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M ER308LSi\u003c\/strong\u003e, this 0.035 in (0.9 mm) wire on a 33 lb spool (ED037250) provides higher silicon content (0.65–1.00% Si) than standard ER308L, improving wetting, fluidity, and bead appearance in spray arc transfer applications. The low carbon content (≤ 0.03% C) prevents sensitization and intergranular corrosion in heat-affected zones on base metal up to 3\/16 in thick. Blue Max ER308LSi is the most frequently specified stainless MIG wire for food service equipment, pharmaceutical vessels, and dairy processing systems. WeldingMart is an authorized Lincoln Electric distributor. See the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003ewelding wire catalog\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eER308LSi per AWS A5.9\/A5.9M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLincoln Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED037250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.035 in (0.9 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpool Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lb (15 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.03% C (low carbon)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65–1.00% Si (high-Si variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5–22.0% Cr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0–11.0% Ni\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolarity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDCEP (electrode positive)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix (90% He \/ 7.5% Ar \/ 2.5% CO₂) or 98% Ar \/ 2% O₂\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 515 MPa (75,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 310 MPa (45,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 35%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelding Process\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMAW (MIG), spray arc transfer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConformances\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M, ASME SFA-5.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplications and Industries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood service and dairy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel tanks, conveyors, preparation surfaces, and mixing vessels in 304 or 304L stainless — ER308LSi's low carbon prevents sensitization critical for FDA\/3-A Sanitary Standards compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePharmaceutical manufacturing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bioreactor vessels, piping, and clean room equipment in 304L stainless where weld corrosion resistance must meet ASME BPE standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical processing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Storage tanks, heat exchangers, and pressure vessels in 304 stainless for dilute acid, alkali, and salt solutions at ambient temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArchitectural stainless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Building facades, railings, countertops, and decorative panels in 304 stainless where smooth bead appearance and color consistency after pickling are required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral industrial fabrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless exhaust systems, brackets, frames, and enclosures where 308-type corrosion resistance is specified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomotive exhaust (OEM and aftermarket):\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless exhaust headers and manifolds, though ER309LSi is preferred for 409-to-304 dissimilar transitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProcess Technology: ER308LSi vs. ER308L — Why Silicon Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"Si\" suffix indicates higher silicon content (0.65–1.00% Si) versus standard ER308L (0.30–0.65% Si). Silicon acts as a surfactant in the weld puddle:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eER308L (standard)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eER308LSi (this product)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.30–0.65% Si\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65–1.00% Si\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePuddle Fluidity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigher — better wetting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBead Appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcellent — smoother profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransfer Mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort arc or spray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpray arc preferred\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest Gas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix or 98\/2 Ar\/O₂\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix or 98\/2 Ar\/O₂\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Spec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.9 ER308L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.9 ER308LSi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse tri-mix (90% He \/ 7.5% Ar \/ 2.5% CO₂) for the smoothest spray arc on stainless. Alternatively, 98% Ar \/ 2% O₂ works well and is more widely available. Do not use pure CO₂ or standard C25 (Ar\/CO₂) shielding — these gas blends cause excessive oxidation, carbon pickup, and loss of chromium in the stainless weld. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lincolnelectric.com\/en-us\/products\/welding-wire\/mig-gmaw-wire\/blue-max-stainless-mig-wire\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max Stainless MIG Wire\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePolarity and Welding Parameters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun on \u003cstrong\u003eDCEP (electrode positive)\u003c\/strong\u003e with tri-mix or 98\/2 Ar\/O₂ shielding gas:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWFS (in\/min)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage (V)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 gauge (0.104 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270–330\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23–25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120–155 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98\/2 Ar\/O₂, 25 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330–410\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–190 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98\/2 Ar\/O₂, 28 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (4.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400–480\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26–28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–225 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 30 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in (6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460–540\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27–29\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210–260 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 35 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between ER308L and ER308LSi?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"ER308LSi (AWS A5.9) contains higher silicon (0.65–1.00%) than ER308L (0.30–0.65%). Both share the same low carbon (≤ 0.03%) and similar Cr-Ni chemistry, and both resist sensitization on 304 and 304L stainless. The higher silicon in ER308LSi improves weld puddle fluidity, bead wetting, and bead appearance in spray arc transfer — making it preferred for visible or cosmetic stainless welds.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What shielding gas should I use for stainless MIG welding with ER308LSi?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Use tri-mix (90% He \/ 7.5% Ar \/ 2.5% CO₂) for the best spray arc characteristics and bead appearance on stainless. Alternatively, 98% Ar \/ 2% O₂ is widely used and effective. Both gases provide the oxidizing potential needed for stable spray arc without the excess carbon pickup of CO₂-heavy mixtures. Never use standard C25 (75\/25 Ar\/CO₂) on stainless steel.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can ER308LSi be used to weld 316L stainless?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"ER308LSi can be used for welding 316L stainless in non-corrosive or mildly corrosive environments, but it does not contain molybdenum (Mo). For 316 or 316L applications requiring the full chloride corrosion resistance of the 316 alloy, use ER316LSi, which contains 2–3% Mo. For critical chemical processing or marine service on 316L, use ER316LSi.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What stainless steel grades is ER308LSi designed to weld?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"ER308LSi is designed for GMAW of 304, 304L, 308, and 308L austenitic stainless steels. It can also be used for 301, 302, and some dissimilar joints between mild steel and austenitic stainless (where ER309LSi is more commonly recommended). ASME Section IX and AWS D1.6 structural stainless qualification supported.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does ER308LSi prevent sensitization in stainless heat-affected zones?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The 'L' in ER308LSi denotes low carbon (≤ 0.03% C), which minimizes carbide precipitation at grain boundaries in the heat-affected zone when welding 304L or 308L base metals. Sensitization is the loss of corrosion resistance caused by chromium carbide precipitation at 800–1600°F (425–870°C). Low-carbon filler metals like ER308LSi and ER316LSi resist this effect without requiring post-weld solution annealing in most service applications.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"faq-list\"\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat is the difference between ER308L and ER308LSi?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eER308LSi has higher silicon (0.65–1.00%) than ER308L (0.30–0.65%), improving puddle fluidity and bead appearance in spray arc transfer. Both have the same low-carbon ≤ 0.03% C chemistry for sensitization resistance.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat shielding gas should I use for stainless MIG welding with ER308LSi?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eUse tri-mix (90% He \/ 7.5% Ar \/ 2.5% CO₂) or 98\/2 Ar\/O₂. Never use C25 (75\/25 Ar\/CO₂) on stainless — excess CO₂ causes carbon pickup and chromium loss.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eCan ER308LSi be used to weld 316L stainless?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eIt can be used in mildly corrosive environments, but for full chloride resistance of 316L, use ER316LSi which contains 2–3% molybdenum.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat stainless steel grades is ER308LSi designed to weld?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eDesigned for 304, 304L, 308, and 308L austenitic stainless steels. ASME Section IX and AWS D1.6 qualification supported.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eDoes ER308LSi prevent sensitization in stainless heat-affected zones?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eYes. Low carbon (≤ 0.03% C) minimizes chromium carbide precipitation in the HAZ, preserving corrosion resistance without post-weld annealing in most service applications.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated products:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037251-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-welding-welding-wire-0-045-in-33-lb-spool\"\u003eBlue Max ER308LSi 0.045 in, 33 lb (ED037251)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037302-blue-max-316lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool\"\u003eBlue Max ER316LSi 0.035 in, 33 lb (ED037302)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003eAll Welding Wire\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Source: Lincoln Electric ED037250 product data; AWS A5.9\/A5.9M Specification for Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods --\u003e\n","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"0.035 in, 33 lb Spool","offer_id":43638052290711,"sku":"ED037250","price":442.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed037250-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1768237615"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed037251-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-welding-welding-wire-0-045-in-33-lb-spool","title":"Lincoln ED037251 Blue Max 308LSi MIG GMAW Welding Stainless Steel Welding Wire, 0.045 in, 33 lb Spool","description":"\u003c!-- Lincoln Blue Max ER308LSi 0.045\" 33 lb — Wire Lane F PDP --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Blue Max ER308LSi Stainless MIG Wire — 0.045 in, 33 lb Spool (ED037251)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max ER308LSi in 0.045 in (1.2 mm) diameter on a 33 lb spool (ED037251) is the go-to choice for production MIG welding of medium and heavy-gauge austenitic stainless steel. Classified \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M ER308LSi\u003c\/strong\u003e, this wire's higher silicon content (0.65–1.00% Si) versus standard ER308L promotes excellent puddle wetting and fluid bead profile in spray arc transfer at the higher amperages typical of 0.045 in operation. The low carbon (≤ 0.03% C) prevents sensitization in heat-affected zones adjacent to 304L and 308L base metals. The 0.045 in diameter is preferred for stainless welding in the flat and horizontal positions on material from 3\/16 to 1\/2 in thick, offering better deposition efficiency than 0.035 in wire in production environments. WeldingMart stocks this product as an authorized Lincoln Electric distributor. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003ewelding wire catalog\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eER308LSi per AWS A5.9\/A5.9M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLincoln Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED037251\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.045 in (1.2 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpool Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lb (15 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.03% C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65–1.00% Si\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5–22.0% Cr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0–11.0% Ni\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolarity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDCEP (electrode positive)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix (90% He \/ 7.5% Ar \/ 2.5% CO₂) or 98% Ar \/ 2% O₂\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 515 MPa (75,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 310 MPa (45,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 35%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelding Process\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMAW (MIG), spray arc, pulsed MIG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConformances\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M, ASME SFA-5.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplications and Industries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial food processing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel conveyors, hoppers, and mixing tanks in 304L or 316L stainless — 0.045 in wire improves throughput on production-welded equipment versus 0.035 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure vessels (ASME Sec. IX):\u003c\/strong\u003e Fabrication of unfired pressure vessels in 304 and 304L per ASME Section VIII, Division 1, where qualified procedure compliance requires low-carbon filler.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePetrochemical piping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-wall 304 stainless pipe spools and manifolds where flat-position spray arc with 0.045 in wire delivers production-grade efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructural stainless fabrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stair stringers, guard rails, support columns, and frames per AWS D1.6 Structural Welding Code — Stainless Steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrewery and winery equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fermentation tanks, transfer lines, and CIP (clean-in-place) systems in 304L stainless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomotive exhaust production:\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless exhaust system production runs (catalytic converter housings, mufflers, intermediate pipes) using semi-automated or robotic MIG.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProcess Technology: 0.045 in Stainless MIG — Transfer Mode Selection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting the correct arc transfer mode for 0.045 in ER308LSi improves both weld quality and productivity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTransfer Mode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition Suitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpray Arc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200–280 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat \/ horizontal only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction flat seams, tanks, vessels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePulsed MIG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120–240 A (peak)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOut-of-position, thin stainless, robotics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort Arc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–150 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions (lower deposition)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoot passes, tack welds, thin material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePulsed MIG is increasingly favored for stainless production work because it enables out-of-position welding at 0.045 in diameter without switching to a smaller wire. Lincoln pulsed MIG machines (Power Wave series) include pre-configured pulse parameters for ER308LSi. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lincolnelectric.com\/en-us\/products\/welding-wire\/mig-gmaw-wire\/blue-max-stainless-mig-wire\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max Stainless MIG Wire Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePolarity and Welding Parameters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWFS (in\/min)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage (V)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGas \/ Flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (4.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280–360\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–230 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98\/2 Ar\/O₂, 30 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in (6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340–420\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26–28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215–270 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 35 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/8 in (9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400–480\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27–29\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250–310 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 40 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the best wire diameter for production stainless MIG welding on 1\/4 in plate?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For 1\/4 in stainless steel in the flat or horizontal position, 0.045 in ER308LSi is the most productive choice — it carries more current, deposits more filler per pass, and reduces total arc time versus 0.035 in wire. For out-of-position work (vertical, overhead), consider pulsed MIG at 0.045 in or drop to 0.035 in wire.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use ER308LSi in pulsed MIG on stainless?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. ER308LSi at 0.045 in is commonly used in pulsed MIG mode (GMAW-P) for out-of-position stainless welding. Pulsed MIG with ER308LSi gives spray-quality fusion and appearance in all positions at lower average current than conventional spray arc. Lincoln Power Wave and Power MIG machines include factory-set pulse schedules for ER308LSi.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why should I not use C25 shielding gas for stainless MIG welding?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"C25 (75% Ar \/ 25% CO₂) is designed for carbon steel MIG welding. Using C25 on stainless steel causes carbon pickup in the weld metal (from CO₂ decomposition), reducing corrosion resistance and potentially causing sensitization. It also causes excessive chromium oxidation, reducing the weld's corrosion resistance. Always use tri-mix or 98\/2 Ar\/O₂ for stainless MIG welding.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is ER308LSi the right filler for 304 stainless to 304 stainless welding?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. ER308LSi is the standard matching filler for 304-to-304 and 304L-to-304L stainless MIG welding. It matches the base metal chemistry with the added silicon for improved puddle flow. For dissimilar joints of carbon steel to 304 stainless, use ER309LSi instead.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between ER308LSi 0.035 in and 0.045 in?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Both are the same ER308LSi chemistry — the difference is wire diameter. The 0.035 in (ED037250) runs at lower current (120–190 A for spray arc), is better for thinner material and out-of-position work, and has a smaller deposition rate. The 0.045 in (ED037251) requires higher minimum current (≥ 180 A for spray arc) and is optimized for production welding of 3\/16 in and heavier stainless in the flat position.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"faq-list\"\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat is the best wire diameter for production stainless MIG welding on 1\/4 in plate?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003e0.045 in ER308LSi is the most productive for flat\/horizontal 1\/4 in stainless. For out-of-position, use pulsed MIG at 0.045 in or switch to 0.035 in wire.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eCan I use ER308LSi in pulsed MIG on stainless?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eYes. ER308LSi 0.045 in is standard for GMAW-P stainless in all positions. Lincoln Power Wave machines have factory pulse schedules for ER308LSi.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhy should I not use C25 shielding gas for stainless MIG welding?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eC25 (75\/25 Ar\/CO₂) causes carbon pickup and chromium oxidation in stainless welds, degrading corrosion resistance. Use tri-mix or 98\/2 Ar\/O₂ instead.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eIs ER308LSi the right filler for 304-to-304 stainless welding?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eYes — ER308LSi is the standard matching filler for 304\/304L stainless MIG welding. For carbon steel to 304 dissimilar joints, use ER309LSi.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat is the difference between ER308LSi 0.035 in and 0.045 in?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eSame ER308LSi chemistry, different diameter. 0.035 in (ED037250) is for lighter material and out-of-position work. 0.045 in (ED037251) is for production flat-position welding on 3\/16 in and heavier stainless.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated products:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037250-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool\"\u003eBlue Max ER308LSi 0.035 in, 33 lb (ED037250)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037252-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-welding-wire-0-030-in-33-lb-spool\"\u003eBlue Max ER308LSi 0.030 in, 33 lb (ED037252)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003eAll Welding Wire\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Source: Lincoln Electric ED037251 product data; AWS A5.9\/A5.9M Specification for Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods --\u003e\n","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"0.045 in, 33 lb Spool","offer_id":43638052847767,"sku":"ED037251","price":547.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed037251-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-welding-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-045-in-33-lb-spool-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765595166"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed037291-blue-max-309lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool","title":"Lincoln ED037291 Blue Max 309LSi MIG GMAW Stainless Steel Welding Wire, 0.035 in, 33 lb Spool","description":"\u003c!-- Lincoln Blue Max ER309LSi 0.035\" 33 lb — Wire Lane F PDP --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Blue Max ER309LSi Stainless MIG Wire — 0.035 in, 33 lb Spool (ED037291)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max ER309LSi is the standard stainless MIG wire for dissimilar metal welding — joining austenitic stainless steel to carbon or low-alloy steel — and for cladding carbon steel with corrosion-resistant stainless overlays. Classified \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M ER309LSi\u003c\/strong\u003e, this 0.035 in (0.9 mm) wire on a 33 lb spool (ED037291) contains higher chromium (23–25% Cr) and higher nickel (12–14% Ni) than ER308LSi, providing the compositional buffer needed to dilute iron from the carbon steel side without pushing the weld metal out of the austenitic range. The elevated silicon (0.65–1.00% Si) promotes excellent puddle wetting and bead shape in spray arc transfer, and the low carbon (≤ 0.03%) reduces sensitization risk. WeldingMart ships as an authorized Lincoln Electric distributor. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003ewelding wire catalog\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eER309LSi per AWS A5.9\/A5.9M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLincoln Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED037291\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.035 in (0.9 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpool Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lb (15 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.03% C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65–1.00% Si\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.0–25.0% Cr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.0–14.0% Ni\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManganese Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0–2.5% Mn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolarity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDCEP (electrode positive)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix (90% He \/ 7.5% Ar \/ 2.5% CO₂) or 98% Ar \/ 2% O₂\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 515 MPa (75,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 310 MPa (45,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 30%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelding Process\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMAW (MIG), spray arc transfer, pulsed MIG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConformances\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M, ASME SFA-5.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplications and Industries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless-to-carbon steel dissimilar joints:\u003c\/strong\u003e Piping transitions, equipment nozzles, and structural attachments where a 304 stainless pipe or vessel connects to carbon steel flanges or supports — the standard application for ER309LSi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless cladding on carbon steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-resistant overlay on carbon steel base plates, valve bodies, and pressure vessel internals exposed to acidic or chloride environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomotive exhaust dissimilar joints:\u003c\/strong\u003e Welding 409 ferritic stainless steel (heat shields, mufflers) to 304 austenitic stainless (intermediate pipes, manifolds) — ER309LSi accommodates the compositional difference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical plant maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Repair welding on equipment where the exact base metal chemistry is unknown or mixed (field repair of stainless\/carbon steel assemblies).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransition piping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boiler connections, heat exchanger inlets, and steam system piping transitions from carbon steel headers to 304 or 316 stainless outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNuclear and power generation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless cladding and weld overlay on carbon steel reactor support structures and containment vessel attachments (per ASME and AWS D1.6 procedures).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProcess Technology: Why ER309LSi for Dissimilar Joints\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen welding stainless to carbon steel, base metal dilution alters weld chemistry. ER309LSi's high Cr and Ni content accommodates this dilution while maintaining an austenitic microstructure:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eER308LSi\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eER309LSi (this product)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5–22.0% Cr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.0–25.0% Cr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0–11.0% Ni\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.0–14.0% Ni\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.03% C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.03% C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDilution Tolerance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow — for SS-to-SS only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh — handles Fe dilution from carbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-to-304 stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless-to-carbon steel dissimilar joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen welding stainless to carbon steel in a butt joint, dilution from the carbon steel side can be 30–50%, depending on joint geometry and technique. At that dilution level, ER308LSi weld metal would drop into the ferritic\/martensitic range, causing brittle welds. ER309LSi's higher alloy content keeps the weld metal austenitic even with high carbon steel dilution. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lincolnelectric.com\/en-us\/products\/welding-wire\/mig-gmaw-wire\/blue-max-stainless-mig-wire\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max Stainless Wire Technical Data\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePolarity and Welding Parameters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWFS (in\/min)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage (V)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGas \/ Flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 ga (0.104 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270–340\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23–25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120–160 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98\/2 Ar\/O₂, 25 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330–410\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24–26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–195 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98\/2 Ar\/O₂, 28 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (4.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390–470\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185–230 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 30 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in (6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450–530\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26–28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215–265 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 35 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is ER309LSi used for in stainless MIG welding?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"ER309LSi (AWS A5.9) is used for: (1) welding austenitic stainless steel (304, 316) to carbon or low-alloy steel — the primary dissimilar metal application; (2) cladding or overlay of carbon steel with a corrosion-resistant stainless layer; (3) joining 409 ferritic stainless to 304 austenitic stainless in automotive exhaust applications; and (4) field repair of unknown-composition stainless\/carbon steel assemblies. Its higher Cr (23–25%) and Ni (12–14%) content compensates for iron dilution from the carbon steel side.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between ER308LSi and ER309LSi?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"ER309LSi has significantly higher chromium (23–25% vs. 19.5–22%) and nickel (12–14% vs. 9–11%) than ER308LSi. This extra alloy content compensates for base metal dilution when joining stainless to carbon steel — the carbon steel contributes iron that would make ER308LSi weld metal go ferritic and brittle. Use ER308LSi for stainless-to-stainless (304-to-304), and ER309LSi for stainless-to-carbon steel joints.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can ER309LSi be used to weld 316L stainless steel?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"ER309LSi can be used to weld 316L in some situations, but it does not contain molybdenum (Mo) and does not provide the same chloride corrosion resistance as ER316LSi. For welding 316L to carbon steel in corrosive service, consider ER309LMo (if available) or evaluate whether the joint's dilution level and service environment make ER309LSi adequate. Consult AWS D1.6 or ASME Section IX for procedure qualification requirements.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need different shielding gas for ER309LSi versus ER308LSi?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Both ER308LSi and ER309LSi use the same shielding gas family: tri-mix (90% He \/ 7.5% Ar \/ 2.5% CO₂) or 98% Ar \/ 2% O₂. Never use C25 (75\/25 Ar\/CO₂) on stainless wire regardless of classification. The gas selection is based on the stainless welding process, not the specific filler classification.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can ER309LSi be used for stainless steel cladding on carbon steel pressure vessels?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. ER309LSi is commonly used for the buttering layer (first layer) when cladding carbon steel pressure vessels with austenitic stainless steel. The buttering layer accommodates high carbon-steel dilution (up to 50% in some overlay applications), while subsequent stainless layers can be completed with ER308LSi or ER316LSi depending on the target corrosion resistance. Procedure qualification per ASME Section IX is required for pressure-retaining applications.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"faq-list\"\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat is ER309LSi used for in stainless MIG welding?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003ePrimarily for welding stainless to carbon\/low-alloy steel (dissimilar joints), stainless cladding on carbon steel, joining 409 to 304 stainless exhaust, and field repair of mixed stainless\/carbon assemblies.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat is the difference between ER308LSi and ER309LSi?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eER309LSi has higher Cr (23–25%) and Ni (12–14%) to compensate for iron dilution from carbon steel. Use ER308LSi for 304-to-304 joints; use ER309LSi for 304-to-carbon-steel dissimilar joints.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eCan ER309LSi be used to weld 316L stainless?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eIt can be used in some scenarios but lacks molybdenum, so it does not provide the same chloride resistance as ER316LSi. For 316L-to-carbon steel dissimilar joints in corrosive service, consult AWS D1.6 or ASME Section IX.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eDo I need different shielding gas for ER309LSi versus ER308LSi?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eNo — both use tri-mix or 98\/2 Ar\/O₂. Never use C25 on any stainless wire.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eCan ER309LSi be used for stainless cladding on carbon steel pressure vessels?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eYes — ER309LSi is the standard buttering layer wire for stainless clad vessels. Subsequent layers use ER308LSi or ER316LSi. ASME Section IX procedure qualification required for pressure service.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated products:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037293-blue-max-309lsi-mig-gmaw-welding-wire\"\u003eBlue Max ER309LSi MIG Wire (family hub, ED037293)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037250-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool\"\u003eBlue Max ER308LSi 0.035 in, 33 lb (ED037250)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003eAll Welding Wire\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Source: Lincoln Electric ED037291 product data; AWS A5.9\/A5.9M; ASME Section IX --\u003e\n","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"0.035 in, 33 lb Spool","offer_id":43638054617239,"sku":"ED037291","price":637.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/Weldingmart-Logo.jpg?v=1776356951"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed037293-blue-max-309lsi-mig-gmaw-welding-wire","title":"Lincoln ED037293 Blue Max 309LSi MIG GMAW Stainless Steel Welding Wire","description":"\u003c!-- Lincoln Blue Max ER309LSi Family Hub — Wire Lane F PDP --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Blue Max ER309LSi Stainless MIG Wire — Full Diameter and Package Selection (ED037293)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max ER309LSi (ED037293) is the complete family hub listing for the premier austenitic stainless MIG wire engineered for dissimilar metal welding and stainless overlay applications. Classified \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M ER309LSi\u003c\/strong\u003e, this wire is available in 0.030 in, 0.035 in, and 0.045 in diameters in 25 lb and 33 lb spool configurations and 500 lb Accu-Trak drum packages for high-volume operations. ER309LSi's elevated chromium (23–25% Cr) and nickel (12–14% Ni) content, combined with high silicon (0.65–1.00% Si) for improved wetting and low carbon (≤ 0.03% C) to resist sensitization, make it the industry's reference filler for joining 304 or 316 stainless steel to carbon and low-alloy steels. WeldingMart stocks the complete Blue Max 309LSi diameter lineup as an authorized Lincoln Electric distributor. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003ewelding wire catalog\u003c\/a\u003e for all available packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eER309LSi per AWS A5.9\/A5.9M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLincoln Product Family\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue Max 309LSi (ED037291, ED037292, ED019296, ED023962, ED029770, ED029771)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Diameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.030 in, 0.035 in, 0.045 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Packages\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 lb spool, 33 lb spool, 500 lb Accu-Trak drum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.03% C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65–1.00% Si\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.0–25.0% Cr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.0–14.0% Ni\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManganese Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0–2.5% Mn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolarity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDCEP (electrode positive)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix (90% He \/ 7.5% Ar \/ 2.5% CO₂) or 98% Ar \/ 2% O₂\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 515 MPa (75,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 310 MPa (45,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 30%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelding Processes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMAW (MIG), spray arc, pulsed MIG, short arc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConformances\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M, ASME SFA-5.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplications and Industries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDissimilar metal piping joints:\u003c\/strong\u003e The most common use — joining 304 or 316 stainless steel pipe to carbon steel flanges, fittings, and headers in chemical, petrochemical, and power generation plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless overlay cladding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depositing a corrosion-resistant stainless layer on carbon steel vessel shells, tank interiors, and reactor beds exposed to acidic or saline environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExhaust system dissimilar transitions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Joining 409 or 439 ferritic stainless steel mufflers and heat shields to 304 austenitic stainless manifolds and intermediate pipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance and repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e Field repair of worn or damaged stainless components mounted on carbon steel structures, where base metal chemistry may be unknown or mixed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBridge and infrastructure stainless components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Welding 304 stainless architectural components (exposed railings, facings) to structural carbon steel subframes in public infrastructure projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCryogenic transition joints:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless cryogenic lines (LNG, liquid nitrogen) connecting to carbon steel support structures and manifolds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Thickness Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTransfer Mode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLincoln Part Numbers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.030 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 ga – 3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort arc, pulsed MIG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED023962 (25 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.035 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 ga – 1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpray arc, pulsed MIG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED037291 (33 lb), ED029770 (500 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.045 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in – 1\/2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpray arc, pulsed MIG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED037292 (33 lb), ED029771 (500 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 0.035 in ER309LSi stainless cladding in the flat position, use spray arc transfer at 155–230 A with tri-mix shielding gas. For out-of-position work, switch to pulsed MIG. Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lincolnelectric.com\/en-us\/products\/welding-wire\/mig-gmaw-wire\/blue-max-stainless-mig-wire\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max Stainless MIG Wire\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePolarity and Welding Parameters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWFS (in\/min)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage (V)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGas\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.035 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320–410\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24–26\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–195 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 28 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.035 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in (6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420–520\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26–28\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200–255 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 35 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.045 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (4.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270–350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185–230 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 30 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.045 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/8 in (9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380–460\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27–29\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240–300 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 40 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What AWS classification is ER309LSi and what does the L and Si mean?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"ER309LSi is classified under AWS A5.9\/A5.9M (Specification for Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods). 'ER' = electrode\/rod, '309' = the Cr-Ni alloy composition (23–25% Cr, 12–14% Ni), 'L' = low carbon (≤ 0.03% C, preventing sensitization), 'Si' = elevated silicon (0.65–1.00% Si, improving puddle fluidity and bead appearance). All three modifiers together make ER309LSi the preferred choice for demanding dissimilar metal applications requiring both low sensitization risk and good bead cosmetics.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"When do I use ER309LSi vs ER308LSi for stainless MIG welding?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Use ER308LSi for same-metal joints: 304-to-304 or 308-to-308 stainless steel. Use ER309LSi when welding stainless to carbon or low-alloy steel, when cladding carbon steel with stainless, or when welding 409 ferritic stainless to 304 austenitic stainless. The key difference: ER309LSi's higher alloy content (more Cr and Ni) accommodates iron dilution from the carbon steel side, keeping the weld metal austenitic.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use ER309LSi to repair stainless steel exhaust systems?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — ER309LSi is the standard choice for exhaust repair involving different stainless grades (e.g., 409 ferritic to 304 austenitic) or for attaching stainless exhaust components to carbon steel brackets and hangers. For same-grade 304-to-304 exhaust repairs, ER308LSi is also acceptable and more economical.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the minimum machine amperage needed to run ER309LSi 0.035 in in spray arc?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For spray arc transfer with 0.035 in ER309LSi, you need approximately 150–160 A minimum. The spray transition current for 0.035 in stainless wire in Ar\/O₂ shielding gas is approximately 130–150 A. Most 200 A MIG machines can achieve spray arc on thin stainless with 0.035 in ER309LSi.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is ER309LSi available in drum packaging for high-volume stainless cladding operations?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Lincoln Blue Max 309LSi is available in 500 lb Accu-Trak bulk drums (ED029770 for 0.035 in and ED029771 for 0.045 in) for robotic and semi-automated stainless cladding applications. The Accu-Trak drum system provides tangle-free wire delivery and reduces changeover downtime compared to 33 lb spools. Contact WeldingMart for bulk drum availability and pricing.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"faq-list\"\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat AWS classification is ER309LSi and what do L and Si mean?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M ER309LSi: 'L' = low carbon (≤ 0.03% C, prevents sensitization); 'Si' = elevated silicon (0.65–1.00%, improves puddle flow). Together these make ER309LSi the top choice for dissimilar metal applications requiring low sensitization risk and good bead appearance.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhen do I use ER309LSi vs ER308LSi?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eER308LSi: same-grade stainless joints (304-to-304). ER309LSi: stainless-to-carbon steel, stainless cladding on carbon steel, and 409-to-304 exhaust dissimilar transitions.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eCan I use ER309LSi to repair stainless steel exhaust systems?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eYes — standard for 409-to-304 exhaust repairs. For same-grade 304-to-304 exhaust repair, ER308LSi is also acceptable.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat minimum machine amperage is needed for ER309LSi 0.035 in spray arc?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eApproximately 150 A minimum for spray arc. Most 200 A MIG machines can achieve spray arc with 0.035 in ER309LSi in Ar\/O₂ shielding gas.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eIs ER309LSi available in drum packaging for high-volume cladding operations?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eYes — Lincoln Blue Max 309LSi ships in 500 lb Accu-Trak drums (ED029770 for 0.035 in; ED029771 for 0.045 in) for robotic cladding applications.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated products:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037291-blue-max-309lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool\"\u003eBlue Max ER309LSi 0.035 in, 33 lb (ED037291)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037302-blue-max-316lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool\"\u003eBlue Max ER316LSi 0.035 in, 33 lb (ED037302)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003eAll Welding Wire\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Source: Lincoln Electric ED037293 product family data; AWS A5.9\/A5.9M; ASME SFA-5.9 --\u003e\n","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"0.063 in, 33 lb Spool","offer_id":43638056124567,"sku":"ED037293","price":627.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed037293-blue-max-309lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765595106"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed029768-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-welding-wire-0-035-in-500-lb-accu-trak-drum","title":"ER308LSi .035\" Stainless MIG Wire — 500 lb Drum | Lincoln","description":"\u003cp data-eapps-font-size=\"16\" data-eapps-line-height=\"24\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBLUE MAX MIG 308LSi 0.035 inch welding wire\u003c\/strong\u003e has a higher silicon level than a standard 308L which gives increased puddle fluidity and toe wetting allowing for potentially high travel speeds\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-eapps-font-size=\"24\" data-eapps-line-height=\"28\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ2 Lot® - Certified Material Test Report showing actual wire composition, Country of Origin and calculated ferrite number (FN) of each lot is available online in the Certificate Center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProprietary surface lubricant for steady feeding and arc stability leading to exceptional performance at high wire feed speeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh silicon level for increased puddle fluidity and toe wetting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile electrode designed to weld CrNi austenitic stainless steels\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-eapps-font-size=\"24\" data-eapps-line-height=\"28\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e304 and 304L stainless steels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommon austenitic stainless steels referred to as “18-8” steels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eASTM A743 or A744 Types CF-8 and CF-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms exceptionally at high wire feed speeds\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-eapps-font-size=\"24\" data-eapps-line-height=\"28\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWelding Positions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-eapps-font-size=\"24\" data-eapps-line-height=\"28\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e98% Argon \/ Balance O2 90% He \/ 7.5% Argon \/ 2.5% CO2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"disclaimer\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"0.035 in, 500 lb Accu-Trak Drum","offer_id":43638057140375,"sku":"ED029768","price":8453.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed029768-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-500-lb-accu-trak-drum-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765595106"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed025410-lincoln-er308-308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-1-16-in-10-1-lb-tubes","title":"Lincoln ED025410 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/16 in, 10 1 lb Tubes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED025410 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/16 in, 10 1 lb Tubes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN® ER308\/308L Tungsten Inert Gas Rod designed for welding 304\/304L stainless steel, the dual classification ensure a maximum carbon content of 0.03%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-308, MIL-308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.01-0.02, 19.7-20.3, 0.04-0.33, 1.2-1.9, 0.06-0.15, 0.02-0.06, 0.02 max., 10.1-10.4, 0.02, 0.01 max., 0.34-0.57, 0.00 max., 10-16, 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/16 in (1.6 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 1 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/16\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED025410\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082254104\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 1\/16\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel welding rods designed to provide optimal bead appearance when TIG welding on a variety of materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Balanced chromium and nickel levels provide enough ferrite in the weld for high resistance to hot cracking\u003cbr\u003e• Dual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%\u003cbr\u003e• 0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003cbr\u003e• Ink jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/16 in · 1 lb Tube","offer_id":43638063136919,"sku":"ED025410","price":193.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed025410-lincoln-er308308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-116-in-10-1-lb-tubes-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746582279"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed025413-lincoln-er308-308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-3-32-in-10-1-lb-tubes","title":"Lincoln ED025413 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in, 10 1 lb Tubes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED025413 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in, 10 1 lb Tubes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN® ER308\/308L offers high pressure piping and tubing sheet metal on the corresponding stainless steel base metals with 0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-308, MIL-308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.01-0.02, 19.7-20.3, 0.04-0.33, 1.2-1.9, 0.06-0.15, 0.02-0.06, 0.02 max., 10.1-10.4, 0.02, 0.01 max., 0.34-0.57, 0.00 max., 10-16, 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 1 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED025413\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082254135\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 3\/32\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN® ER308\/308L provides a balanced chromium and nickel levels provide enough ferrite in the weld for high resistance to hot cracking, dual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03% and ink jet printing identification on entire length of electrode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalanced chromium and nickel levels provide enough ferrite in the weld for high resistance to hot cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInk jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ2 Lot® - Certificate showing actual wire composition and calculated ferrite number (FN) available online\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 1 lb Tube","offer_id":43638064316567,"sku":"ED025413","price":178.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed025413-lincoln-er308308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-332-in-10-1-lb-tubes-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746582287"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed025416-lincoln-er308-308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-1-8-in-10-1-lb-tubes","title":"Lincoln ED025416 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/8 in, 10 1 lb Tubes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED025416 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/8 in, 10 1 lb Tubes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-308, MIL-308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.01-0.02, 19.7-20.3, 0.04-0.33, 1.2-1.9, 0.06-0.15, 0.02-0.06, 0.02 max., 10.1-10.4, 0.02, 0.01 max., 0.34-0.57, 0.00 max., 10-16, 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 1 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED025416\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082254166\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 1\/8\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel welding rods designed to provide optimal bead appearance when TIG welding on a variety of materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Balanced chromium and nickel levels provide enough ferrite in the weld for high resistance to hot cracking\u003cbr\u003e• Dual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%\u003cbr\u003e• 0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003cbr\u003e• Ink jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in · 1 lb Tube","offer_id":43638065102999,"sku":"ED025416","price":174.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed025416-lincoln-er308308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-18-in-10-1-lb-tubes-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746582313"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed025419-lincoln-er309-309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-1-16-in-10-1-lb-tubes","title":"Lincoln ED025419 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/16 in, 10 1 lb Tubes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED025419 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/16 in, 10 1 lb Tubes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln® ER309\/309L stainless steel TIG Rods are ideal for welding dissimilar alloys in wrought or cast form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-309\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.02, 23.1-23.7, 0.03-0.28, 1.6-1.7, 0.03-0.14, 0.06-0.08, 0.03 max., 13.1-13.7, 0.02, 0.02 max., 0.36-0.46, 0.00 max., 11-13, 9-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/16 in (1.6 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 1 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/16\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED025419\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082254197\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 1\/16\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN® ER309\/309L' s maximum carbon content of 0.03% provides increased resistance to intergranular corrosion. Occasionally used for welding 18-8 stainless base metals when severe corrosion or dissimilar metals conditions exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInk jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ2 Lot® - Certificate showing actual wire composition and calculated ferrite number (FN) available online\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/16 in · 1 lb Tube","offer_id":43638065496215,"sku":"ED025419","price":216.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed025419-lincoln-er309309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-116-in-10-1-lb-tubes-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746582316"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed025422-lincoln-er309-309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-3-32-in-10-1-lb-tubes","title":"Lincoln ED025422 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in, 10 1 lb Tubes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED025422 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in, 10 1 lb Tubes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln® ER309\/309L stainless steel TIG Rods are ideal for welding dissimilar alloys in wrought or cast form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-309\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.02, 23.1-23.7, 0.03-0.28, 1.6-1.7, 0.03-0.14, 0.06-0.08, 0.03 max., 13.1-13.7, 0.02, 0.02 max., 0.36-0.46, 0.00 max., 11-13, 9-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 1 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED025422\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082254227\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 3\/32\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN® ER309\/309L' s maximum carbon content of 0.03% provides increased resistance to intergranular corrosion. Occasionally used for welding 18-8 stainless base metals when severe corrosion or dissimilar metals conditions exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInk jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ2 Lot® - Certificate showing actual wire composition and calculated ferrite number (FN) available online\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 1 lb Tube","offer_id":43638065660055,"sku":"ED025422","price":158.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed025422-lincoln-er309309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-332-in-10-1-lb-tubes-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746582322"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed025425-lincoln-er309-309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-1-8-in-10-1-lb-tubes","title":"Lincoln ED025425 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/8 in, 10 1 lb Tubes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED025425 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/8 in, 10 1 lb Tubes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln® ER309\/309L stainless steel TIG Rods are ideal for welding dissimilar alloys in wrought or cast form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-309\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.02, 23.1-23.7, 0.03-0.28, 1.6-1.7, 0.03-0.14, 0.06-0.08, 0.03 max., 13.1-13.7, 0.02, 0.02 max., 0.36-0.46, 0.00 max., 11-13, 9-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 1 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED025425\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082254258\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 1\/8\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN ER309\/309L' s maximum carbon content of 0.03% provides increased resistance to intergranular corrosion. Occasionally used for welding 18-8 stainless base metals when severe corrosion or dissimilar metals conditions exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInk jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ2 Lot® - Certificate showing actual wire composition and calculated ferrite number (FN) available online\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in · 1 lb Tube","offer_id":43638066577559,"sku":"ED025425","price":199.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed025425-lincoln-er309309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-18-in-10-1-lb-tubes-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746582342"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed033854-lincoln-er308-308l-n-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-3-32-in-3-10-lb-tube","title":"Lincoln ED033854 Lincoln ER308\/308L N TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in, 3 10 lb Tube","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED033854 Lincoln ER308\/308L N TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in, 3 10 lb Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“N” Designator - cobalt restriction of 0.05% max.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shielding Gas, Polarity, Elongation, %, Tensile Strength, MPa (ksi), Yield Strength @ 0.2% Offset, MPa (ksi)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Ar, DC-, 46, 590 (86), 430 (62)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %Co, %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03, 0.01-0.02, 20.2, 0.05-0.09, 1.3-1.5, 0.06-0.16, 0.03, 0.00 max., 10.6, 0.01-0.02, 0.01 max., 0.42-0.47, 12, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32 x 18 in (2.4 x 450 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 10 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED033854\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082540313\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAWS ER308 Stainless TIG rod is used for GTAW (TIG) welding of stainless steel base metals. Match the filler alloy to the base material: ER308L for 304\/308 stainless, ER309L for dissimilar welds (stainless to carbon steel), ER316L for marine and chemical service, ER317L for higher corrosion resistance than 316L. Using the wrong filler can reduce corrosion resistance at the weld zone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLincoln ED033854 Lincoln ER308\/308L N TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in, 3 10 lb Tube\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel welding rods designed to provide optimal bead appearance when TIG welding on a variety of materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e“N” Designator - cobalt restriction of 0.05% max\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrior to using this material for ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III applications, please contact the Lincoln Electric Specials Department to receive a Certified Material Test Report (CMTR) which meets all requirements of NCA-3860\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInk jet printing identification on entire length (every 4 inches) of electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43638107406487,"sku":"ED033854","price":176.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033854-lincoln-er308308l-n-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-332-in-10-lb-tube-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746583049"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed033855-lincoln-er308-308l-n-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-1-8-in-10-lb-tube","title":"Lincoln ED033855 Lincoln ER308\/308L N TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/8 in, 10 lb Tube","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED033855 Lincoln ER308\/308L N TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/8 in, 10 lb Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“N” Designator - cobalt restriction of 0.05% max.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shielding Gas, Polarity, Elongation, %, Tensile Strength, MPa (ksi), Yield Strength @ 0.2% Offset, MPa (ksi)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Ar, DC-, 46, 590 (86), 430 (62)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %Co, %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03, 0.01-0.02, 20.2, 0.05-0.09, 1.3-1.5, 0.06-0.16, 0.03, 0.00 max., 10.6, 0.01-0.02, 0.01 max., 0.42-0.47, 12, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 x 18 in (3.2 x 450 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 10 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED033855\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082540320\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAWS ER308 Stainless TIG rod is used for GTAW (TIG) welding of stainless steel base metals. Match the filler alloy to the base material: ER308L for 304\/308 stainless, ER309L for dissimilar welds (stainless to carbon steel), ER316L for marine and chemical service, ER317L for higher corrosion resistance than 316L. Using the wrong filler can reduce corrosion resistance at the weld zone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel welding rods designed to provide optimal bead appearance when TIG welding on a variety of materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle type=\"text\/css\"\u003e\u003c!--td {border: 1px solid #cccccc;}br {mso-data-placement:same-cell;}--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-sheets-root=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cb\u003eNote\u003c\/b\u003e:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eContact Customer Service to inquire or order a specific batch\/lot.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e“N” Designator - cobalt restriction of 0.05% max\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrior to using this material for ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III applications, please contact the Lincoln Electric Specials Department to receive a Certified Material Test Report (CMTR) which meets all requirements of NCA-3860\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInk jet printing identification on entire length (every 4 inches) of electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"disclaimer\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43638107766935,"sku":"ED033855","price":142.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033855-lincoln-er308308l-n-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-18-in-10-lb-tube-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746583068"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed033856-lincoln-er309-309l-n-tig-gtaw-rod-3-32-in-10-lb-tube","title":"Lincoln ED033856 Lincoln ER309\/309L N TIG GTAW Rod, 3\/32 in, 10 lb Tube","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED033856 Lincoln ER309\/309L N TIG GTAW Rod, 3\/32 in, 10 lb Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“N” Designator - cobalt restriction of 0.05% max.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %Co, %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.04, 0.01-0.03, 23.4-23.6, 0.04-0.46, 1.4-1.8, 0.03-0.15, 0.08-0.16, 0.01 max., 13.0-14.0, 0.01-0.03, 0.01 max., 0.38-0.43, 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32 x 18 in (2.4 x 450 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 10 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED033856\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082540337\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAWS ER309 Stainless TIG rod is used for GTAW (TIG) welding of stainless steel base metals. Match the filler alloy to the base material: ER308L for 304\/308 stainless, ER309L for dissimilar welds (stainless to carbon steel), ER316L for marine and chemical service, ER317L for higher corrosion resistance than 316L. Using the wrong filler can reduce corrosion resistance at the weld zone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel welding rods designed to provide optimal bead appearance when TIG welding on a variety of materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNote: Contact Customer Service to inquire or order a specific batch\/lot.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• “N” Designator cobalt restriction of 0.05% max\u003cbr\u003e• 0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003cbr\u003e• Ink jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003cbr\u003e• Q2 Lot Certificate showing actual wire composition available online\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43638108487831,"sku":"ED033856","price":718.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033856-lincoln-er309309l-n-tig-gtaw-rod-332-in-10-lb-tube-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746583073"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed034439-lincoln-er308-308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-1-16-in-10-lb-tube","title":"Lincoln ED034439 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/16 in,  10 lb Tube","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED034439 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/16 in,  10 lb Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN ER308\/308L offers high pressure piping and tubing sheet metal on the corresponding stainless steel base metals with 0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-308, MIL-308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.01-0.02, 19.7-20.3, 0.04-0.33, 1.2-1.9, 0.06-0.15, 0.02-0.06, 0.02 max., 10.1-10.4, 0.02, 0.01 max., 0.34-0.57, 0.00 max., 10-16, 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/16 in (1.6 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 10 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/16\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED034439\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082563503\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 1\/16\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel welding rods designed to provide optimal bead appearance when TIG welding on a variety of materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Balanced chromium and nickel levels provide enough ferrite in the weld for high resistance to hot cracking\u003cbr\u003e• Dual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%\u003cbr\u003e• 0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003cbr\u003e• Ink jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/16 in · 10 lb Tube","offer_id":43638134964375,"sku":"ED034439","price":147.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034439-lincoln-er308308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-116-in-10-lb-tube-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746583473"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed034440-lincoln-er308-308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-3-32-in-10-lb-tube","title":"Lincoln ED034440 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in, 10 lb Tube","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED034440 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in, 10 lb Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-308, MIL-308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.01-0.02, 19.7-20.3, 0.04-0.33, 1.2-1.9, 0.06-0.15, 0.02-0.06, 0.02 max., 10.1-10.4, 0.02, 0.01 max., 0.34-0.57, 0.00 max., 10-16, 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 10 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED034440\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082563534\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 3\/32\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLincoln ED034440 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in,  10 lb Tube\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel welding rods designed to provide optimal bead appearance when TIG welding on a variety of materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Balanced chromium and nickel levels provide enough ferrite in the weld for high resistance to hot cracking\u003cbr\u003e• Dual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%\u003cbr\u003e• 0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003cbr\u003e• Ink jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 10 lb Tube","offer_id":43638136537239,"sku":"ED034440","price":126.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034440-lincoln-er308308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-332-in-10-lb-tube-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746583491"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed034441-lincoln-er308-308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-1-8-in-10-lb-tube","title":"Lincoln ED034441 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/8 in,  10 lb Tube","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED034441 Lincoln ER308\/308L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/8 in,  10 lb Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER308, ER308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-308, MIL-308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 19.5 - 22.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., 9.0 - 11.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.01-0.02, 19.7-20.3, 0.04-0.33, 1.2-1.9, 0.06-0.15, 0.02-0.06, 0.02 max., 10.1-10.4, 0.02, 0.01 max., 0.34-0.57, 0.00 max., 10-16, 10-14\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 10 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED034441\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082563565\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 1\/8\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel welding rods designed to provide optimal bead appearance when TIG welding on a variety of materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Balanced chromium and nickel levels provide enough ferrite in the weld for high resistance to hot cracking\u003cbr\u003e• Dual classification ensures the maximum carbon content is 0.03%\u003cbr\u003e• 0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003cbr\u003e• Ink jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Tube","offer_id":43638136897687,"sku":"ED034441","price":153.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034441-lincoln-er308308l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-18-in-10-lb-tube-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746583499"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed034442-lincoln-er309-309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-1-16-in-10-lb-tube","title":"Lincoln ED034442 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/16 in, 10 lb Tube","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED034442 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/16 in, 10 lb Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln® ER309\/309L stainless steel TIG Rods are ideal for welding dissimilar alloys in wrought or cast form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-309\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.02, 23.1-23.7, 0.03-0.28, 1.6-1.7, 0.03-0.14, 0.06-0.08, 0.03 max., 13.1-13.7, 0.02, 0.02 max., 0.36-0.46, 0.00 max., 11-13, 9-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/16 in (1.6 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 10 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/16\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED034442\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082563510\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 1\/16\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN® ER309\/309L' s maximum carbon content of 0.03% provides increased resistance to intergranular corrosion. Occasionally used for welding 18-8 stainless base metals when severe corrosion or dissimilar metals conditions exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInk jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ2 Lot® - Certificate showing actual wire composition and calculated ferrite number (FN) available online\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/16 in · 10 lb Tube","offer_id":43638137782423,"sku":"ED034442","price":192.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034442-lincoln-er309309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-116-in-310-lb-tube-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746583504"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed034443-lincoln-er309-309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-3-32-in-10-lb-tube","title":"Lincoln ED034443 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in,  10 lb Tube","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED034443 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 3\/32 in,  10 lb Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN® ER309\/309L Tungsten Inert Gas Rod designed for joining dissimilar metals, most often mild steel to stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-309\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.02, 23.1-23.7, 0.03-0.28, 1.6-1.7, 0.03-0.14, 0.06-0.08, 0.03 max., 13.1-13.7, 0.02, 0.02 max., 0.36-0.46, 0.00 max., 11-13, 9-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 10 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED034443\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082563541\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 3\/32\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN® ER309\/309L' s maximum carbon content of 0.03% provides increased resistance to intergranular corrosion. Occasionally used for welding 18-8 stainless base metals when severe corrosion or dissimilar metals conditions exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInk jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ2 Lot® - Certificate showing actual wire composition and calculated ferrite number (FN) available online\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"disclaimer\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 10 lb Tube","offer_id":43638138339479,"sku":"ED034443","price":174.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034443-lincoln-er309309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-332-in-10-lb-tube-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746583509"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed034444-lincoln-er309-309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-1-8-in-10-lb-tube","title":"ER309\/309L 1\/8\" Stainless TIG Welding Rod — 10 lb Tube | Lincoln","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Electric — Lincoln ED034444 Lincoln ER309\/309L TIG GTAW Welding Rod, 1\/8 in, 10 lb Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln® ER309\/309L stainless steel TIG Rods are ideal for welding dissimilar alloys in wrought or cast form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCONFORMANCES:\u003c\/strong\u003e SPECIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.9, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCWB:\u003c\/strong\u003e CSA W48, ER309, ER309L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMIL:\u003c\/strong\u003e MIL-E-19933E AMD1, MIL-309\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e %C, %Cr, %Cu, %Mn, %Mo, %N, %Nb, %Ni, %P, %S, %Si, %Ti, Ferrite Number (Delong ©), Ferrite Number (WRC-1992 ©)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309 Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER309L Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03 max., 23.0 - 25.0, 0.75 max., 1.0 - 2.5, 0.75 max., Info. Only, Info. Only, 12.0 - 14.0, 0.03 max., 0.03 max., 0.30 - 0.65, Info. Only, Info. Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTypical Result:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.02, 23.1-23.7, 0.03-0.28, 1.6-1.7, 0.03-0.14, 0.06-0.08, 0.03 max., 13.1-13.7, 0.02, 0.02 max., 0.36-0.46, 0.00 max., 11-13, 9-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLECO Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 10 lb Tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (in):\u003c\/strong\u003e 36\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e ED034444\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC\/EAN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0015082563572\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; sizing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible families: Lincoln Filler Metals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrode type: TIG Rod, Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 1\/8\" Rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy pros choose this\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG (GTAW) filler rods give welders precise control over the weld pool because the filler is fed manually rather than carried in the arc. Choosing the correct alloy and diameter keeps weld chemistry, penetration, and bead appearance consistent across procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Year\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrom the manufacturer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLINCOLN® ER309\/309L' s maximum carbon content of 0.03% provides increased resistance to intergranular corrosion. Occasionally used for welding 18-8 stainless base metals when severe corrosion or dissimilar metals conditions exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.03% carbon content increases resistance to intergranular corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInk jet printing identification on entire length of electrode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ2 Lot® - Certificate showing actual wire composition and calculated ferrite number (FN) available online\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"disclaimer\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Tube","offer_id":43638139388055,"sku":"ED034444","price":177.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034444-lincoln-er309309l-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-18-in-10-lb-tube-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1746583524"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed037252-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-welding-wire-0-030-in-33-lb-spool","title":"Lincoln ED037252 Blue Max 308LSi MIG GMAW Stainless Steel Welding Wire, 0.030 in, 33 lb Spool","description":"\u003c!-- Lincoln Blue Max ER308LSi 0.030\" 33 lb — Wire Lane F PDP --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Blue Max ER308LSi Stainless MIG Wire — 0.030 in, 33 lb Spool (ED037252)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max ER308LSi in 0.030 in (0.8 mm) diameter on a 33 lb spool (ED037252) is the choice for MIG welding thin-gauge stainless steel sheet and light structural sections where heat input control and arc precision are critical. Classified \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M ER308LSi\u003c\/strong\u003e, this fine-diameter wire operates at lower amperages than 0.035 in or 0.045 in variants, enabling welding of 22-gauge through 10-gauge (0.030–0.134 in) 304 and 304L stainless steel. The high silicon content (0.65–1.00% Si) maintains excellent puddle fluidity and bead wetting at lower current, reducing the risk of cold lap and incomplete fusion on thin stainless. Low carbon (≤ 0.03%) ensures intergranular corrosion resistance in the heat-affected zone. WeldingMart stocks this product as an authorized Lincoln Electric distributor. See the complete \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003ewelding wire catalog\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eER308LSi per AWS A5.9\/A5.9M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLincoln Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED037252\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.030 in (0.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpool Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lb (15 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.03% C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicon Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.65–1.00% Si\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5–22.0% Cr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0–11.0% Ni\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolarity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDCEP (electrode positive)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix (90% He \/ 7.5% Ar \/ 2.5% CO₂) or 98% Ar \/ 2% O₂\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 515 MPa (75,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (as-welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 310 MPa (45,000 psi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥ 35%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelding Process\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMAW (MIG), short arc, pulsed MIG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConformances\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.9\/A5.9M, ASME SFA-5.9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplications and Industries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood service equipment manufacturing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thin stainless preparation tables, sinks, and shelving units from 18–22 gauge 304 stainless steel — 0.030 in wire reduces warping risk versus larger diameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePharmaceutical clean room components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel trays, racks, and fixtures in 304L where heat input must be minimized to avoid distortion of precision-machined surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomotive exhaust systems:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thin-wall 304 stainless tubing (16–18 gauge) for performance exhaust headers and pipes — fine wire enables proper fusion on thin tubing walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArchitectural and decorative stainless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thin sheet facades, elevator panels, signage, and trim components where excellent bead cosmetics on visible surfaces are required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical instrument enclosures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thin stainless analyzer housings, laboratory equipment, and sampling system components in 304L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHVAC stainless ductwork:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light-gauge 304 stainless duct systems and fume hoods in laboratory and industrial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProcess Technology: Fine Diameter Stainless MIG — Short Arc and Pulse Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 0.030 in, ER308LSi typically runs in short arc (GMAW-S) or pulsed MIG (GMAW-P) transfer mode. Spray arc is technically possible above ~140 A but is rarely used on thin stainless:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Gauge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTransfer Mode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdvantage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18–22 gauge (0.048–0.030 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort arc GMAW-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–110 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum heat input, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14–18 gauge (0.075–0.048 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePulsed MIG GMAW-P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–150 A average\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpray quality, out-of-position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–14 gauge (0.134–0.075 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePulsed or short arc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–160 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGood fusion control on vertical stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor thin stainless, use a stringer bead (no weaving) to minimize heat input. Maintain consistent travel speed. Tack weld at close intervals (1–2 in) to control distortion. Argon backing on the root side of single-sided butt welds reduces sugaring (oxidized root bead). Source: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.lincolnelectric.com\/en-us\/products\/welding-wire\/mig-gmaw-wire\/blue-max-stainless-mig-wire\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLincoln Electric Blue Max Stainless MIG Wire\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePolarity and Welding Parameters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Gauge \/ Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWFS (in\/min)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage (V)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGas \/ Flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 ga (0.030 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16–18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98\/2 Ar\/O₂, 20 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 ga (0.048 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200–260\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18–20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–110 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98\/2 Ar\/O₂, 22 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 ga (0.075 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260–330\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–22\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105–145 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 25 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (4.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320–400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22–24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140–185 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-mix, 28 CFH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"When should I use 0.030 in ER308LSi instead of 0.035 in for stainless MIG?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Use 0.030 in ER308LSi when welding stainless steel thinner than 14 gauge (0.075 in), especially 18–22 gauge sheet where burn-through and distortion control are priorities. The finer wire runs at lower amperages, putting less heat into the base metal. For material 12 gauge and thicker, 0.035 in or 0.045 in ER308LSi is more productive.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I prevent stainless steel from warping during thin sheet MIG welding?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"To minimize stainless steel distortion: use the smallest effective wire diameter (0.030 in for thin gauge), minimize heat input with fast travel speed and low voltage, use backstep welding on long seams, clamp the workpiece to a copper or steel backing bar, and allow sections to cool between passes. Stainless has lower thermal conductivity than carbon steel and a higher coefficient of thermal expansion, making it more prone to warping.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What causes the root bead to turn black on stainless MIG welds?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Black or blue discoloration on the root side of a stainless weld (called 'sugaring') is caused by oxidation of the hot chromium-rich weld metal when it contacts air or moisture at elevated temperature. Prevent it by purging the back side of the joint with argon (or nitrogen) and maintaining adequate shielding on the face side. Even light sugaring should be mechanically or chemically removed before service in corrosion-critical applications.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is 0.030 in ER308LSi compatible with standard MIG machines?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, but check your machine's minimum amperage capability. The 0.030 in ER308LSi wire typically operates at 55–185 A. Most MIG machines with a 30–180 A range are suitable. Ensure your machine has drive rolls sized for 0.030 in wire and that the contact tip is the correct bore (0.035 in for 0.030 in wire in stainless applications).\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use ER308LSi for vertical stainless MIG welding?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, with short arc (GMAW-S) or pulsed MIG (GMAW-P) transfer mode at 0.030 in diameter. Vertical up is the standard technique for structural stainless. Avoid spray arc on vertical stainless — the fluid high-silicon puddle is difficult to control out of position in conventional spray transfer. Pulsed MIG with 0.030 in ER308LSi gives excellent vertical-up results on thin to medium gauge stainless.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdl class=\"faq-list\"\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhen should I use 0.030 in ER308LSi instead of 0.035 in?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eUse 0.030 in for stainless thinner than 14 gauge (0.075 in), especially 18–22 gauge, where burn-through and distortion control are priorities. For 12 gauge and thicker, 0.035 in or 0.045 in is more productive.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eHow do I prevent stainless steel from warping during thin sheet MIG welding?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eUse smallest effective wire, fast travel speed, low voltage, backstep welding, and copper\/steel backing bars. Stainless has higher thermal expansion than carbon steel and warps more easily.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eWhat causes the root bead to turn black on stainless MIG welds (sugaring)?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eSugaring is chromium oxidation from air exposure at high temperature. Prevent with argon back-purging. Remove any sugaring before service in corrosion-critical applications.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eIs 0.030 in ER308LSi compatible with standard MIG machines?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eYes — most MIG machines covering 55–185 A are suitable. Ensure drive rolls and contact tips are sized for 0.030 in wire.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003cdt\u003eCan I use ER308LSi for vertical stainless MIG welding?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n  \u003cdd\u003eYes, using short arc or pulsed MIG transfer. Avoid conventional spray arc out-of-position. Pulsed MIG with 0.030 in ER308LSi excels on thin to medium vertical stainless welds.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\u003c\/dl\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated products:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037250-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool\"\u003eBlue Max ER308LSi 0.035 in, 33 lb (ED037250)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-ed037291-blue-max-309lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool\"\u003eBlue Max ER309LSi 0.035 in, 33 lb (ED037291)\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/welding-wire\"\u003eAll Welding Wire\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- Source: Lincoln Electric ED037252 product data; AWS A5.9\/A5.9M Specification for Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods --\u003e\n","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"0.030 in · 33 lb Spool","offer_id":43639147856023,"sku":"ED037252","price":561.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed037252-blue-max-308lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-030-in-33-lb-spool-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760719851"},{"product_id":"lincoln-ed035056-blue-max-308l-mig-gmaw-welding-wire-1-16-in-33-lb-spool","title":"Lincoln ED035056 Blue Max 308L MIG GMAW Stainless Steel Welding Wire, 1\/16 in, 33 lb Spool","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is Lincoln Blue Max 308L MIG GMAW Welding Wire (1\/16 in)?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric ED035056 Blue Max 308L MIG GMAW Stainless Steel Welding Wire (1\/16 in, 33 lb Spool) is a solid-wire MIG filler metal classified under AWS A5.9 as ER308L. The Blue Max® trade name is Lincoln Electric's premium stainless steel MIG wire line, engineered to tighter-than-standard chemical and dimensional tolerances to deliver consistent arc performance, smooth bead appearance, and predictable corrosion resistance across high-volume production stainless fabrication. The \"L\" (low-carbon) designation limits carbon to 0.03% maximum, preventing carbide precipitation (sensitization) in the heat-affected zone for applications involving elevated temperatures or aggressive corrosive service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1\/16 in (1.6 mm) diameter is a heavy-gauge MIG wire intended for high-deposition-rate flat and horizontal welding on stainless steel plate and structural components — ASTM A240 304\/304L plate, fabricated pressure vessel shells, and thick-section stainless structural members. The 33 lb spool matches standard bulk production spool sizes, reducing changeover frequency in automated and semi-automated welding cells. Lincoln Electric's Blue Max 308L uses controlled silicon content (0.65–1.00%) to promote excellent wettability and a smooth, spatter-free bead profile with Ar\/CO₂ mixed shielding gas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification, Specifications \u0026amp; Mechanical Properties\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e ER308L per AWS A5.9\/A5.9M\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03% max\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChromium:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19.5–22.0%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNickel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.0–11.0%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManganese:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0–2.5%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicon:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.65–1.00%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhosphorus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03% max\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSulfur:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03% max\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/16 in (1.6 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33 lb spool\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTensile Strength (as-welded):\u003c\/strong\u003e ≥85,000 psi (586 MPa)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e ≥55,000 psi (379 MPa)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElongation:\u003c\/strong\u003e ≥35%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFerrite Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4–12 FN (controlled for hot-crack resistance)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for Blue Max 308L 1\/16 in MIG Wire\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1\/16 in (1.6 mm) wire diameter delivers high deposition rates with spray transfer, making it ideal for flat and horizontal heavy-gauge stainless work:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood and Beverage Processing Tanks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large-diameter storage and process tanks in 304\/304L stainless sheet and plate. The 1\/16 in wire with spray transfer provides the high deposition rates needed to complete large-diameter welds economically while maintaining the smooth, passivatable bead surface required by 3-A sanitary standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure Vessel Fabrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shell seams, nozzle welds, and support saddle connections on ASME Section VIII pressure vessels in 304\/304L stainless. High deposition rate reduces fabrication time on shell-to-head welds where multiple fill passes are needed on plate 1\/2 in and thicker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructural Stainless Steel Fabrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beams, columns, braces, and hangers in 304 stainless plate for chemical plants, water treatment facilities, and marine environments. Flat position welding on structural members takes full advantage of the 1\/16 in wire's deposition efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical and Petrochemical Equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Agitators, reactor vessel shells, separator internals, and heat exchanger headers in 304\/304L stainless where continuous high-duty-cycle welding in a flat or horizontal position is the production mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePulp and Paper Equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bleach plant vessels, digester headers, and process piping flanges in 304L stainless where corrosion resistance in mildly chlorinated environments is required without the molybdenum addition of 316L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to MIG Weld with Lincoln Blue Max 308L 1\/16 in Wire — Settings, Gas \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTransfer Mode\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 1\/16 in diameter, Blue Max 308L is designed for spray transfer with argon-rich shielding gas mixtures. Spray transfer produces a consistent, low-spatter deposit with excellent fusion and a smooth, radiographically sound bead profile — critical for pressure vessel and food-grade stainless applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary recommendation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 98% Argon \/ 2% Oxygen (Ar+2%O₂). This is the standard Lincoln Electric recommendation for stainless steel MIG — oxygen stabilizes the arc in spray transfer mode while minimizing oxidation tint on the bead surface. 2% O₂ is the maximum oxygen addition recommended; higher percentages increase oxidation of chromium in the HAZ.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlternate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90% Ar \/ 10% CO₂ (C10). CO₂ content above 2–3% increases oxidation tint and may slightly reduce corrosion performance of the weld surface, but remains within ER308L deposit specification for most applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlow rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40–55 CFH for 1\/16 in wire. Higher flow rates are needed for the larger spray transfer weld puddle — insufficient coverage causes porosity and gray, oxidized bead appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDo not use 100% CO₂\u003c\/strong\u003e — this promotes carbide formation and increases oxidation beyond acceptable limits for stainless weld quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVoltage and Wire Feed Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpray transfer threshold:\u003c\/strong\u003e ~26 V minimum with Ar-rich gas at 1\/16 in diameter. Below this voltage, the wire shorts (short-circuit or globular transfer) producing high spatter and poor fusion profile on stainless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended flat\/horizontal range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27–32 V \/ WFS 200–300 ipm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigher deposition (thick plate):\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 32–35 V \/ WFS 250–350 ipm at current levels of 300–450 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCTWD:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4–1-1\/4 in (19–32 mm). Longer CTWD increases stub resistance, effectively raising heat input at the same wire feed speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterpass Temperature\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum interpass temperature: 300 °F (149 °C). Check interpass temperature with a contact pyrometer or Tempilstik crayons between passes on multi-pass welds. Exceeding 300 °F interpass temperature on austenitic stainless increases sensitization risk and may affect the FN of subsequent passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage and Handling of Lincoln Blue Max 308L Spool\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in original moisture-barrier spool packaging in a dry environment at 50–100 °F (10–38 °C). Blue Max 308L is shipped in heat-sealed foil bags with desiccant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnce the bag is opened, transfer the spool to the wire feeder immediately and seal the bag around the unused portion of the spool if the feeder compartment is not humidity-controlled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInspect the first 12–24 in of wire that has been sitting in the conduit before production welding — run it off and discard. Conduit lubricant residue concentrated at the wire tip during idle periods can cause porosity and bead discoloration on the first weld of the shift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWire spool storage: do not stack multiple spools — the weight of stacked spools can deform the spool flange and cause wire tangles that interrupt production. Store vertically or in individual spool racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Machines and Base Metals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Max 308L 1\/16 in MIG wire requires a CV power source with sufficient output for spray transfer at 1\/16 in diameter (300–450 A range). Recommended Lincoln Electric platforms:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLincoln Power Wave S500 and R500 (advanced waveform control, pulse spray for stainless)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLincoln Power Wave AC\/DC 1000 SD (submerged arc \/ heavy production MIG)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLincoln Invertec V350-Pro and V450-Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLincoln Idealarc CV-400 (legacy platform for stainless spray transfer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLincoln Power MIG 350MP and 256 (mid-range production platforms)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary base metals:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A240 Types 304 and 304L stainless plate and sheet (all gauges, flat\/horizontal preferred for 1\/16 in wire)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A312 Type TP304\/304L stainless pipe (flat\/1G rotation position)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A276 Type 304 bar and structural shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASME SA-240 304\/304L (pressure vessel service)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecondary base metals:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e301, 302, 303, and 308 stainless (ER308L is acceptable per AWS A5.9 selection table for these grades)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCF-8 and CF-8A castings (304\/302 equivalent cast grades)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Lincoln Blue Max 308L MIG Wire (1\/16 in)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ1: What is the difference between Blue Max 308L and standard ER308L MIG wire?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Lincoln Electric Blue Max® products are manufactured to tighter tolerance specifications than the basic AWS A5.9 ER308L classification. Blue Max 308L features tightly controlled silicon content (0.65–1.00%) for consistent arc performance, controlled ferrite number (4–12 FN), and dimensional accuracy (wire diameter ±0.001 in) that reduces wire-feeder variability in automated cells. For high-production stainless welding where arc consistency, low spatter, and predictable corrosion performance are required, Blue Max delivers tighter process control than generic commodity ER308L wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ2: Why is 1\/16 in MIG wire used instead of .045 in for stainless plate work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: The 1\/16 in wire diameter requires higher minimum current for spray transfer (~280 A vs. ~175 A for .045 in), which means more heat input per pass and higher deposition rate. For flat position welding on plate 3\/8 in and thicker, 1\/16 in provides significantly faster fill times — reducing cost per foot of weld. For thinner materials (16 ga–3\/16 in), .045 in or smaller is preferred because the lower minimum spray transition current allows better heat control and reduces distortion risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ3: Can Blue Max 308L be pulsed on a Lincoln Power Wave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Yes — Lincoln Power Wave platforms have pre-stored waveform data sets for Blue Max 308L at 1\/16 in diameter. Pulse transfer with ER308L at 1\/16 in allows out-of-position welding (3G, 4G) that would otherwise require globular or short-circuit transfer and its associated spatter. Consult Lincoln's WaveDesigner software or the WeldingMart.com application support team for the recommended Blue Max 308L 1\/16 in pulse waveform parameters for your specific Power Wave model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ4: What causes porosity in ER308L MIG welds and how do I prevent it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Common causes include: (1) moisture-contaminated wire or base metal surface — clean with acetone and allow material to reach room temperature; (2) shielding gas flow too low — increase to 40–55 CFH for 1\/16 in wire; (3) drafts in the welding area — increase flow or use physical wind shields; (4) CO₂-heavy or nitrogen-containing shielding gas — use Ar+2%O₂ or Ar+10%CO₂; (5) excessive CTWD — stay within 3\/4–1-1\/4 in; (6) contaminated gas hose — replace hose if rust or debris is visible at the connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ5: What shielding gas produces the least oxidation tint on Blue Max 308L welds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: 98% Ar + 2% O₂ produces the least oxidation tint and the brightest bead appearance on 304\/304L stainless. The minimal oxygen addition stabilizes the spray arc while minimizing chromium oxide formation on the bead surface and adjacent HAZ. Ar + CO₂ mixtures with higher CO₂ content (C10–C25) produce noticeably more oxidation tint and require more post-weld cleaning and passivation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ6: Does ER308L MIG wire pass ASME Section IX WPS qualification?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: ER308L is an F6, A8 filler metal under ASME Section IX. A WPS qualified with ER308L at 1\/16 in diameter qualifies for welding with ER308L in any diameter within the essential variable range per QW-404.33 (change of F-number not an essential variable). A qualification with .045 in diameter Blue Max 308L does not automatically qualify 1\/16 in for all procedures — verify whether diameter change is an essential variable in the applicable WPS format (QW-404.33 exempts diameter changes that are not essential variables in most standard WPS formats).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ7: What is the shelf life of Lincoln Blue Max 308L wire in a sealed spool package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Lincoln Electric blue Max 308L spools have an indefinite shelf life when stored in the original sealed foil bag with desiccant in a dry environment below 100 °F (38 °C). Once opened, the wire should be used within 3–6 months if the spool is properly resealed or stored in a humidity-controlled environment. Wire showing surface rust, oxidation tint, or discoloration should be discarded — contaminated stainless MIG wire causes substandard bead appearance and may deposit weld metal outside the ER308L corrosion-resistance specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between Blue Max 308L and standard ER308L MIG wire?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Blue Max 308L is manufactured to tighter tolerance specifications than basic AWS A5.9 ER308L. It features tightly controlled silicon content (0.65–1.00%), controlled ferrite number (4–12 FN), and dimensional accuracy (±0.001 in) for consistent arc performance in automated cells.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why is 1\/16 in MIG wire used instead of .045 in for stainless plate work?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 1\/16 in wire requires higher minimum current for spray transfer (~280 A vs. ~175 A for .045 in) and provides higher deposition rate. For flat position welding on plate 3\/8 in and thicker, 1\/16 in provides significantly faster fill times. For thinner materials, .045 in or smaller is preferred for better heat control.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can Blue Max 308L be pulsed on a Lincoln Power Wave?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — Lincoln Power Wave platforms have pre-stored waveform data for Blue Max 308L at 1\/16 in. Pulse transfer allows out-of-position welding that would otherwise require globular or short-circuit transfer. Consult Lincoln's WaveDesigner software for recommended waveform parameters.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What causes porosity in ER308L MIG welds?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Common causes: (1) moisture-contaminated wire or base metal; (2) shielding gas flow too low — increase to 40–55 CFH; (3) drafts in the welding area; (4) CO₂-heavy or nitrogen-containing shielding gas; (5) excessive CTWD — stay within 3\/4–1-1\/4 in; (6) contaminated gas hose.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What shielding gas produces the least oxidation tint on Blue Max 308L welds?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"98% Ar + 2% O₂ produces the least oxidation tint and the brightest bead appearance on 304\/304L stainless. The minimal oxygen addition stabilizes the spray arc while minimizing chromium oxide formation on the bead surface and adjacent HAZ.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does ER308L MIG wire pass ASME Section IX WPS qualification?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"ER308L is an F6, A8 filler metal under ASME Section IX. A WPS qualified with ER308L qualifies for welding with ER308L in any diameter within the essential variable range. Verify whether diameter change is an essential variable in your specific WPS format.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the shelf life of Lincoln Blue Max 308L wire?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Blue Max 308L spools have an indefinite shelf life in the original sealed foil bag in a dry environment below 100 °F (38 °C). Once opened, use within 3–6 months if properly resealed. Wire showing surface rust, oxidation tint, or discoloration should be discarded.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43639149133975,"sku":"ED035056","price":621.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed035056-blue-max-308l-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-116-in-33-lb-spool-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760719850"},{"product_id":"harris-308l-stainless-steel-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-030-36in-10lb-box-308lte0","title":"Harris 308L Stainless Steel TIG GTAW Welding Rod .030 36in. 10LB Box - 308LTE0","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is Harris 308L Stainless Steel TIG Welding Rod?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHarris 308L Stainless Steel TIG GTAW Welding Rod\u003c\/strong\u003e (part number 308LTE0) is a low-carbon austenitic stainless steel filler metal classified \u003cstrong\u003eER308L per AWS A5.9\/A5.9M\u003c\/strong\u003e. Available in a .030 in (0.76 mm) diameter, 36-inch cut-length format packed in a 10 lb box, this rod is engineered for gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) of 304, 304L, 308, and 308L base metals — the most widely used stainless steel grades in food processing, pharmaceutical, chemical, and architectural fabrication. The \"L\" (low-carbon) designation limits carbon content to ≤0.03%, which suppresses carbide precipitation at the heat-affected zone and greatly reduces susceptibility to intergranular corrosion and sensitization. Harris Products Group, a Lincoln Electric company, manufactures this rod under strict lot-release testing, providing certified mechanical properties and composition per heat number traceable back to the melt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe .030 in diameter is the ideal choice for welding thin-gauge stainless sheet (16–22 gauge), tube, and pipe wall thicknesses down to 0.028 in. Precision TIG work on instrument tubing, hygienic fittings, brewery and dairy equipment, and architectural trim relies on the tight dimensional tolerances and low impurity levels that Harris achieves through controlled wire drawing. The 308L TIG rod is compatible with 100% argon shielding gas (the standard for stainless TIG) as well as argon-helium blends used to increase heat input on thicker sections without sacrificing arc control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications \u0026amp; AWS Classification — ER308L\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eER308L (AWS A5.9\/A5.9M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHarris Part Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e308LTE0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e.030 in (0.76 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCut Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in (914 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 lb box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Content (max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.03% (low-carbon \"L\" grade)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5–22.0%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0–11.0%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManganese\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0–2.5%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.30–0.65%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhosphorus (max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.03%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSulfur (max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.03%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (as welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥80,000 psi (551 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (as welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥57,000 psi (393 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation (as welded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≥35%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolarity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDCEN (Direct Current Electrode Negative)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShielding Gas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Argon or Ar\/He blends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcess\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGTAW (TIG)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Metals\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304, 304L, 308, 308L, 321, 347 stainless steels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA (Harris Products Group)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for ER308L TIG Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Harris 308L stainless TIG rod excels across industries where corrosion resistance, cleanliness, and structural integrity in a single-pass or multi-pass weld are non-negotiable:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood, Beverage \u0026amp; Dairy Equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sanitary piping, pressure vessels, mixing tanks, CIP (clean-in-place) circuits, and heat exchangers fabricated from 304L or 316L stainless are routinely welded with ER308L. The low carbon content ensures weld zones resist pitting and crevice corrosion when exposed to acidic cleaning agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePharmaceutical \u0026amp; Biotech:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-purity water systems, fermentation vessels, and autoclave components demand weld metal free of sensitization. The .030 in diameter provides the heat control needed for thin-wall tube-to-fitting joints common in BPE (Bioprocessing Equipment) fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArchitectural \u0026amp; Decorative Stainless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handrails, elevator interiors, kitchen equipment, countertops, and signage brackets in 304 or 308 stainless require a filler that polishes out smoothly. The fine .030 diameter allows precise bead placement on visible joints that will be mechanically polished or passivated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical Processing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat exchangers, reactor vessels, and storage tanks handling dilute acids, brine solutions, and mild caustics benefit from the austenitic deposit with ≥19.5% Cr that provides broad-spectrum corrosion resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHVAC \u0026amp; Refrigeration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless tubing headers, manifolds, and custom sheet metal in commercial HVAC systems handling moisture-laden or mildly corrosive air streams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShipbuilding \u0026amp; Marine Fabrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handrails, ladder assemblies, and seawater piping on commercial vessels and offshore platforms where 304L base metal is specified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use Harris 308L TIG Rod — Settings, Gas \u0026amp; Polarity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAchieving X-ray-quality stainless TIG welds with the .030 in Harris ER308L rod requires consistent technique and correctly dialed parameters. Follow this setup guidance for optimal results:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a TIG welder capable of DCEN output. Set high-frequency start or lift-arc start. For .030 in wire with thin-gauge sheet, begin at 40–80 amps; for 1\/8 in material, you may push to 120–150 amps. Use a foot pedal or hand amperage control where possible — stainless has low thermal conductivity and heat builds quickly. Pulse TIG (e.g., 100 Hz, 30% background, 30% on-time) dramatically improves thin-sheet weld quality by reducing heat input and distortion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTungsten:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a 3\/32 in or 1\/8 in diameter 2% ceriated or 2% lanthanated tungsten electrode (gold or black band). For .030 in filler on thin material, a sharpened 1\/16 in tungsten also works well. Grind tungsten to a sharp point for DCEN stainless welding; do not ball the tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShielding Gas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use 100% argon at 15–20 CFH (7–9 L\/min) through a gas lens assembly (gas lens cup recommended over standard collet body for stainless). An argon\/helium blend (75\/25 to 50\/50) increases arc voltage and heat input — useful for faster travel on heavier sections. For critical joints, back-purge the weld root with 100% argon to prevent root-side oxidation (sugaring). Back-purge flow: 5–10 CFH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eParameters by Material Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage (DCEN)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFiller Feed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTravel Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShielding Gas Flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22–18 gauge (0.028–0.050 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–55 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous dip, .030 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–7 in\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 CFH Ar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 gauge (0.063 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55–75 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous dip, .030 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–8 in\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–18 CFH Ar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in (0.125 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90–130 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous dip, .030 or 3\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–6 in\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18–20 CFH Ar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (0.188 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130–170 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous dip, 3\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–5 in\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18–22 CFH Ar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnique:\u003c\/strong\u003e Feed the rod into the leading edge of the weld pool at a 15–20° angle, keeping the filler in the argon cone at all times to prevent tungsten contamination and oxidation of the rod tip. Use a slight walking-the-cup technique on pipe joints to maintain consistent bead width and fusion. Clean base metal with a stainless wire brush (dedicated to stainless only) and degrease with acetone before welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling for Stainless TIG Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper storage of Harris 308L TIG rods ensures full mechanical and corrosion-resistance performance is retained throughout the rod's service life:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal Packaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store in the original sealed box in a dry location with ambient relative humidity below 50%. Stainless TIG rods are not hydrogen-sensitive in the same way low-hydrogen stick electrodes are, but moisture on the rod surface can cause porosity and poor arc starts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintain storage temperature between 40°F and 120°F (4°C–49°C). Avoid garages or outdoor storage areas subject to wide temperature swings and condensation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContamination Prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e Never store stainless rods alongside mild steel rods, grinding discs used on carbon steel, or near iron dust sources. Cross-contamination with iron particles causes rust spotting on finished welds and can compromise corrosion resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGloves Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Handle rods with clean cotton or nitrile gloves. Skin oils transfer iron, sodium, and chlorine to the wire surface — all detrimental to corrosion resistance in aggressive environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpened Box Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e After opening, use within a reasonable period (weeks to months in clean shop environment). Replace cap on box after each use session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Label opened boxes with opening date. Do not mix rod from different lot numbers in the same joint for critical code work — each box carries a certificate of conformance (C\/C) traceable to the heat number.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Machines \u0026amp; Base Metals for ER308L\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarris 308L TIG rod works with any commercially available DC TIG\/GTAW machine. Common platforms used at WeldingMart include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Electric Square Wave TIG 200 (K5126-1):\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent machine for thin stainless sheet work. AC\/DC capability with built-in pulse control; ideal for the .030 in rod on 16–22 gauge applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Electric Invertec V155-S:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact DC TIG machine with reliable arc starts; widely used in light fabrication and food-service equipment shops for 308L work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Electric Aspect 375:\u003c\/strong\u003e Premium multi-process TIG system with advanced pulse\/AC control. Overkill for basic 308L work but provides maximum weld quality on complex stainless assemblies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAny DC SMAW\/GTAW machine with DCEN output:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ER308L rod requires only DC electrode negative — any basic DC TIG power source with high-frequency start works.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Base Metals:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pdp-spec-table\"\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAISI 304 \/ 304L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e✅ Primary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost common stainless; ER308L is the default filler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAISI 308 \/ 308L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e✅ Primary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect composition match\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAISI 321\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e✅ Acceptable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor non-high-temperature service (below 800°F); use 347 rod for elevated temp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAISI 347\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e✅ Acceptable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcceptable for general service; use 347 rod for high-temp stabilized joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAISI 316 \/ 316L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e⚠️ Check service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eER316L preferred for 316 base metal in chloride environments; 308L acceptable for general service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAISI 316 to 304 dissimilar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e✅ Acceptable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e308L bridges both; excellent choice for mixed-metal assemblies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon steel (mild steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e❌ Not recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse ER309L for dissimilar carbon-to-stainless joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Harris ER308L TIG Rod — Technical Comparison \u0026amp; Buying Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting the correct stainless steel TIG filler metal requires matching the filler's chemical composition and mechanical properties to the base metal alloy, service temperature, and weld quality requirements. This section compares Harris ER308L to related classifications and explains why the 0.030 in diameter serves specific applications better than the standard 3\/32 in rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eER308L vs ER308 vs ER308LSi — What's the Difference?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three most common austenitic stainless TIG classifications for 304\/308 base metal differ primarily in carbon content and silicon level:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308\u003c\/strong\u003e: Standard carbon content (≤0.08% C). Used for general 304SS welding not subjected to sustained temperatures in the 800–1500°F sensitization range. Slightly higher tensile strength than 308L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308L\u003c\/strong\u003e: Low carbon (≤0.03% C). The standard food-grade and corrosion-critical filler for 304L and 308L base metals. Low carbon prevents sensitization. Required for pressure vessels, food\/dairy equipment, pharmaceutical piping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eER308LSi\u003c\/strong\u003e: Low carbon plus elevated silicon (0.65–1.00% Si). Provides better weld puddle wetting and bead appearance; slightly lower corrosion resistance than 308L. Common for automated\/orbital TIG applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor food service, chemical processing, and pressure-code applications, ER308L is the standard choice over ER308.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy 0.030 in Rod Diameter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 0.030 in (0.76 mm) diameter is a specialty size for ultra-thin-gauge stainless welding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22–24 gauge stainless sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e (0.030–0.025 in): Orbital TIG and hand TIG on refrigeration panels, custom kitchen equipment, and architectural stainless panels. The 0.030 in rod provides proportionally matched filler volume to the thin puddle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrbital TIG on small-bore tubing\u003c\/strong\u003e: 0.5 in to 1.5 in OD instrumentation tubing (0.035–0.049 in wall). Automatic orbital welding heads require small-diameter rod to maintain consistent wire feed and heat balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision repair welding\u003c\/strong\u003e: Jewelry-scale stainless components, surgical instrument repair, and micro-fabrication where larger rods add too much filler volume per dip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAWS D1.6 and ASME IX Qualification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarris ER308L is classified and manufactured to AWS A5.9\/A5.9M. When used under a qualified welding procedure specification (WPS), it satisfies P-No. 8 base metal filler requirements per ASME Section IX for austenitic stainless steel pressure applications. AWS D1.6 (Structural Welding Code — Stainless Steel) pre-qualified filler metal tables list ER308L as a pre-qualified filler for Group A (austenitic stainless steel) base metals including 304L, 316L, and 321.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInterpass Temperature Limit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ER308L on austenitic stainless: maximum interpass temperature is 350°F (176°C). Exceeding interpass temperature promotes carbide precipitation (sensitization) even in L-grade stainless if sustained heat exposure occurs. Monitor with contact pyrometer between passes on multi-pass work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQs — Harris 308L Stainless TIG Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ1: What is the difference between ER308 and ER308L TIG rod?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \"L\" in ER308L stands for low-carbon. ER308L limits carbon to ≤0.03% versus ≤0.08% in standard ER308. The low carbon content of ER308L prevents sensitization — the precipitation of chromium carbides at grain boundaries that reduces corrosion resistance. For any application where the finished weld will be exposed to corrosive environments or cannot be post-weld annealed, ER308L is strongly preferred over ER308.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ2: Can I use ER308L rod to weld 304L stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. ER308L is the standard filler metal for welding 304L (low-carbon 304) stainless. The matching chemistry and low-carbon specification make it the correct choice for 304L pipe, sheet, tube, and plate in all service conditions including chemical, food-grade, and pharmaceutical environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ3: Why should I use 100% argon with 308L TIG rod?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eArgon provides the dense, protective shielding atmosphere stainless TIG welding requires. Carbon dioxide or CO₂-containing mixed gases (used in MIG welding) add carbon to the weld deposit, defeating the purpose of using low-carbon 308L filler. For stainless TIG, always use 100% argon or argon\/helium blends — never argon\/CO₂ or 75\/25 C25.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ4: What is the correct tungsten for stainless TIG welding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse 2% ceriated (grey band) or 2% lanthanated (gold\/black band) tungsten for DC stainless TIG welding. These tungsten types provide excellent arc starts and long electrode life on DC current. Do not use pure tungsten (green band) on DC — it is designed for AC aluminum welding. Grind the tungsten to a sharp included angle of 30–45° for precise arc control on stainless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ5: Does this rod meet any welding codes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHarris ER308L meets AWS A5.9\/A5.9M (Stainless Steel Bare Electrodes and Rods). It is certified per applicable sections of ASME Section II Part C (SFA-5.9) and suitable for use in code-compliant vessels, piping, and structures fabricated to ASME B31.3, AWS D1.6 (Structural Stainless), and similar standards. Always consult the applicable code and your AWS CWI for specific qualification requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ6: Can I use ER308L to weld 316 stainless?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor general-service applications (non-chloride environments, moderate temperatures), ER308L is acceptable on 316 or 316L base metal. However, ER316L (which contains 2–3% molybdenum) provides superior pitting corrosion resistance in marine, chloride-rich, and high-temperature environments and is the preferred filler for 316 base metal in demanding service. Consult WPS documentation and the project specification before substituting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ7: What diameter TIG rod should I use for thin-gauge stainless?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor 22–18 gauge stainless sheet (0.028–0.050 in), the .030 in (0.76 mm) Harris 308L rod is an excellent choice. Its fine diameter provides precise heat and filler control on thin material, minimizing warpage and burn-through. For heavier gauges (1\/8 in and above), step up to 3\/32 in (2.38 mm) diameter for faster deposition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between ER308 and ER308L TIG rod?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The L in ER308L stands for low-carbon. ER308L limits carbon to 0.03% versus 0.08% in standard ER308. The low carbon content prevents sensitization, which reduces corrosion resistance. ER308L is preferred over ER308 for any corrosive environment application.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use ER308L rod to weld 304L stainless steel?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. ER308L is the standard filler metal for welding 304L stainless. The matching chemistry and low-carbon specification make it the correct choice for 304L pipe, sheet, tube, and plate in all service conditions.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why should I use 100% argon with 308L TIG rod?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Argon provides the dense, protective shielding atmosphere stainless TIG welding requires. CO2-containing gases add carbon to the weld deposit, defeating the low-carbon purpose. Always use 100% argon or argon\/helium blends for stainless TIG.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the correct tungsten for stainless TIG welding?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Use 2% ceriated or 2% lanthanated tungsten for DC stainless TIG welding. Grind to a sharp 30-45 degree angle for precise arc control on stainless. Do not use pure tungsten (green band) on DC current.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does Harris ER308L meet welding codes?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Harris ER308L meets AWS A5.9\/A5.9M and is certified per ASME Section II Part C (SFA-5.9). It is suitable for code work per ASME B31.3, AWS D1.6, and similar standards.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use ER308L to weld 316 stainless?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For general-service applications without chloride exposure, ER308L is acceptable on 316 or 316L base metal. However, ER316L provides superior pitting resistance in marine and chloride environments and is preferred for 316 base metal in demanding service.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What diameter TIG rod should I use for thin-gauge stainless?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For 22-18 gauge stainless sheet (0.028-0.050 in), the .030 in Harris 308L rod is ideal. Its fine diameter provides precise heat and filler control on thin material, minimizing warpage and burn-through.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Harris","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44258829762711,"sku":"308LTE0","price":284.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/harris-308l-stainless-steel-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-030-36in-10lb-box-308lte0-harris-1.jpg?v=1753396796"},{"product_id":"harris-309l-stainless-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-045-x-36-x-10-pkg-309lth0","title":"Harris 309L Stainless TIG GTAW Welding Rod .045 X 36 X 10# PKG - 309LTH0","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is Harris 309L Stainless TIG Welding Rod (.045 in)?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarris 309L Stainless TIG GTAW Welding Rod (.045 in × 36 in, 10 lb Box — 309LTH0) is a high-chromium, high-nickel stainless steel filler metal classified under AWS A5.9 as ER309L. The \"309\" designation indicates a higher alloy content than standard 308\/308L rod — specifically, 23–25% chromium and 12–14% nickel versus 308's 20% Cr \/ 10% Ni. This elevated alloy level serves two primary purposes: (1) it makes ER309L the standard choice for welding dissimilar metal joints between austenitic stainless steel and carbon or low-alloy steel, where the higher chromium dilutes less to a problematic composition when carbon steel contamination enters the weld pool; and (2) it provides excellent corrosion resistance for welding 309 and 309S base metals used in high-temperature furnace and heat-treating equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"L\" suffix limits carbon to 0.03% maximum, reducing sensitization risk in the weld deposit and the heat-affected zone. The .045 in (1.14 mm) diameter is a medium-diameter TIG rod suited for material thicknesses of 3\/16 in through 1\/2 in, providing sufficient deposition rate for fill passes on pipe, structural stainless fabrication, and heavy-gauge sheet work without requiring the very high amperages of 1\/8 in rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification, Specifications \u0026amp; Mechanical Properties\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAWS Classification:\u003c\/strong\u003e ER309L per AWS A5.9\/A5.9M\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03% max (L = extra low carbon)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChromium:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.0–25.0%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNickel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.0–14.0%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManganese:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0–2.5%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicon:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.30–0.65%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhosphorus:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03% max\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSulfur:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.03% max\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e .045 in (1.14 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 in (914 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 lb box\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTensile Strength (as-welded):\u003c\/strong\u003e ≥85,000 psi (586 MPa)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e ≥55,000 psi (379 MPa)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElongation:\u003c\/strong\u003e ≥30%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFerrite Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–20 FN typical (higher ferrite range prevents hot cracking in dissimilar welds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for ER309L TIG Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eER309L's higher chromium and nickel levels — and its ability to tolerate carbon steel dilution without dropping below minimum corrosion resistance thresholds — make it the professional choice for several demanding situations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDissimilar Metal Welding (Stainless to Carbon Steel):\u003c\/strong\u003e The most common use case for ER309L. When joining 304 or 316 stainless steel to carbon steel (ASTM A36, A516, A106), the dilution from the carbon steel side drops the chromium in the weld pool. ER309L's extra chromium \"headroom\" compensates for this dilution, ensuring the final deposit maintains adequate corrosion-resistance chemistry even after mixing with up to 30–40% carbon steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuffer Layer for Hard-Facing and Overlay Welding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Applied as a buttering\/buffer layer over carbon steel before depositing high-alloy overlay materials (316L overlay, Inconel, cobalt-base). The 309L butter layer provides a chemically compatible transition that reduces cracking risk in the interface zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelding 309 and 309S Stainless Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat-treating baskets, furnace fixtures, retort covers, and annealing equipment fabricated from 309S stainless (23Cr-13.5Ni, suitable for service up to 2,000 °F) are welded with ER309L for direct chemistry matching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepair Welding of Mixed Assemblies:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintenance welding on equipment where the exact base metal is uncertain or mixed (SS to SS with unknown grade) — ER309L's high alloy content provides a wider margin of error than ER308L and is less likely to produce an under-alloyed weld zone on an unknown stainless base metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCladding and Weld Overlay on Pressure Vessels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Applying corrosion-resistant stainless cladding over carbon steel pressure vessel internals in chemical and petrochemical service, where the first layer over carbon steel must be 309L to dilute safely before subsequent 316L overlay passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to TIG Weld with Harris ER309L .045 in Rod — Settings, Gas \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachine Setup and Parameters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e GTAW (TIG), DCEN\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTungsten:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2% ceriated (grey) or 2% lanthanated (gold\/black), 3\/32 in or 1\/8 in diameter. Grind to a sharp taper for DCEN stainless and low-alloy steel work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmperage by application:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e3\/16 in stainless plate (fillet\/butt): 100–150 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e1\/4 in plate: 130–180 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e3\/8 in plate: 160–220 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e3\/16 in carbon-to-stainless dissimilar joint: 90–140 A (lower heat to minimize dilution from carbon side)\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShielding Gas for 309L TIG Welding\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% Argon at 15–25 CFH for pure stainless-to-stainless or stainless-to-carbon work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHelium blends:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–50% He \/ balance Ar for higher travel speed on thick section material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack-purge:\u003c\/strong\u003e Required for all single-sided full-penetration root passes in stainless pipe. Use 100% Argon at 2–5 CFH. For dissimilar carbon steel to stainless pipe welds, back-purge is still recommended to prevent oxidation on the stainless side of the root.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterpass temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e ≤300 °F (149 °C) maximum. 309L is more prone to ferrite-related embrittlement at elevated interpass temperatures than 308L due to its higher ferrite content. Monitor with a contact pyrometer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDissimilar Metal Welding Technique\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen buttering or joining stainless to carbon steel with ER309L, direct the arc primarily onto the stainless side of the joint — approximately 60–70% of the heat on the stainless, 30–40% on the carbon steel. This bias reduces carbon pickup from the carbon steel into the weld pool (the Schaeffler Diagram and DeLong Diagram shift toward martensite territory at high carbon dilution). Use stringer passes rather than wide weave passes to further limit dilution per pass. After completing the root pass with ER309L, subsequent passes (if any) can use ER309L throughout for full dissimilar joints, or transition to ER316L if the stainless side is 316\/316L and the application requires it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage and Handling of Harris ER309L TIG Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in original packaging in a dry, temperature-stable environment. ER309L is bare stainless wire; surface oxidation appears as a yellowing or bronzing of the rod surface in humid storage conditions and indicates that the chromium oxide layer on the rod surface has thickened beyond specification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandle with clean gloves only. Hydrocarbon contamination from skin contact on stainless TIG rod produces sooty porosity in the weld deposit and darkened bead appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep rod dedicated to stainless\/dissimilar work. Storing ER309L rods mixed with carbon steel TIG rod (ER70S-6, ER80S-D2) in the same quiver creates risk of cross-contamination during high-pressure production when a welder grabs the wrong rod. Use color-coded rod holders or separate storage to prevent misapplication errors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInspect rods before use: bright silver surface = good; yellow\/bronze surface = moderate oxidation (still usable for non-critical work after surface wipe); dark gray or black = discard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Machines and Base Metals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarris ER309L .045 in is compatible with all DC TIG welding systems. Lincoln Electric platforms recommended for stainless and dissimilar TIG work:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLincoln Precision TIG 225 and 275 (DCEN)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLincoln Dynasty 280 DX and 400 (excellent arc stability for stainless)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLincoln Square Wave TIG 300 (DCEN mode)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLincoln PTA-17V, PTA-26, and PTA-26V TIG torch packages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary base metals:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e304 and 304L stainless to carbon\/low-alloy steel dissimilar joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e316 and 316L stainless to carbon steel dissimilar joints (309L butter layer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e309 and 309S stainless steel (direct match applications)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAustenitic stainless to ASTM A36, A516, A572, and A588 structural carbon steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecondary base metals:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel to Ni-Fe alloys where a transitional chemistry deposit is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnknown stainless alloys in maintenance\/repair welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Harris 309L Stainless TIG Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ1: Why use ER309L instead of ER308L for stainless-to-carbon steel welds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: When carbon steel is melted into the stainless weld pool, it dilutes the chromium and nickel content. ER308L starts with ~20% Cr; after 30–40% carbon steel dilution, the deposit can drop below the 12% Cr threshold required for corrosion resistance. ER309L starts with 23–25% Cr, providing a dilution buffer that keeps the final deposit above minimum corrosion-resistance chemistry even with significant carbon steel pickup. AWS D1.6 and Lincoln\/Harris dissimilar filler selection guides recommend ER309L as the standard choice for carbon-to-stainless joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ2: Can ER309L be used to weld 304 to 304 (same-material joints)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Yes — ER309L is an acceptable overmatch for 304\/304L same-material joints. The higher alloy content (extra Cr and Ni) versus ER308L provides slightly better corrosion resistance but also higher ferrite content, which can affect impact toughness at sub-zero temperatures. For pure same-material 304\/304L work, ER308L is the standard recommendation. Use ER309L on 304\/304L only if dissimilar joints are also involved in the same project and you want to stock a single wire lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ3: What is \"buttering\" in dissimilar metal welding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Buttering is depositing one or more layers of filler metal on the face of one base metal (typically the carbon steel side) before making the final joint weld. This pre-deposits ER309L weld metal on the carbon steel, so when the joint weld is made, the \"carbon steel\" side of the joint is actually ER309L — reducing dilution effects on the final joint weld. Buttering is required by many pressure vessel codes when welding P1 carbon steel to austenitic stainless in critical service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ4: Does ER309L work on 17-4 PH (precipitation-hardened) stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: No — 17-4 PH is a martensitic precipitation-hardened stainless requiring specialized filler (ER630 \/ Harris 174PH-type product) to produce matching mechanical properties after the aging heat treatment. Using ER309L on 17-4 PH creates a compositionally mismatched austenitic deposit that will not respond to the aging cycle and may have inadequate strength for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ5: What is the maximum service temperature for ER309L weld deposits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: ER309L weld metal is suitable for service up to approximately 1,500–1,600 °F (816–871 °C) before sigma-phase embrittlement and carburization become concerns. For continuous service above 1,600 °F, use ER310 (25Cr-20Ni) which offers higher oxidation resistance. For cyclic thermal environments to 2,000 °F, 309 base metal with ER309L filler is appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ6: How much preheat does carbon steel need before welding with ER309L?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Preheat requirements are driven by the carbon steel side of the joint, not the filler metal. Per AWS D1.1 Table 3.2 and Lincoln Electric preheat guidelines: ASTM A36 carbon steel under 3\/4 in thickness typically requires no preheat; 3\/4 in–1-1\/2 in requires 150 °F (66 °C); thicker sections require 200–300 °F (93–149 °C). The stainless side does not require preheat. Maintain this preheat throughout the weld to prevent hydrogen-induced cracking on the carbon steel side of the heat-affected zone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ7: What is the shelf life of Harris ER309L TIG rod?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Harris ER309L has an indefinite shelf life in unopened original packaging stored in dry conditions (below 60% RH, 50–100 °F). Once opened, use within 6–12 months and store in a sealed container. Rods that show surface oxidation (yellowing or bronzing) should be cleaned with acetone and stainless-dedicated wire brush before use; rods with heavy discoloration should be discarded for critical applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why use ER309L instead of ER308L for stainless-to-carbon steel welds?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"When carbon steel is melted into the stainless weld pool, it dilutes the chromium and nickel content. ER308L starts with ~20% Cr and can drop below the 12% Cr corrosion-resistance threshold after significant carbon steel dilution. ER309L starts with 23–25% Cr, providing a dilution buffer. AWS D1.6 recommends ER309L as the standard choice for carbon-to-stainless joints.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can ER309L be used to weld 304 to 304 same-material joints?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — ER309L is an acceptable overmatch for 304\/304L same-material joints, providing slightly better corrosion resistance but also higher ferrite content. For pure same-material 304\/304L work, ER308L is the standard recommendation. Use ER309L on 304\/304L when dissimilar joints are also involved in the same project.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is buttering in dissimilar metal welding?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Buttering is depositing one or more layers of filler metal on the face of the carbon steel before making the final joint weld. This pre-deposits ER309L weld metal on the carbon steel side, reducing dilution effects on the final joint. Buttering is required by many pressure vessel codes when welding carbon steel to austenitic stainless in critical service.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does ER309L work on 17-4 PH precipitation-hardened stainless steel?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No — 17-4 PH is a martensitic precipitation-hardened stainless requiring ER630 type filler to match mechanical properties after the aging heat treatment. Using ER309L on 17-4 PH creates an austenitic deposit that will not respond to the aging cycle and may have inadequate strength.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the maximum service temperature for ER309L weld deposits?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"ER309L weld metal is suitable for service up to approximately 1,500–1,600 °F (816–871 °C) before sigma-phase embrittlement becomes a concern. For continuous service above 1,600 °F, use ER310 (25Cr-20Ni). For cyclic thermal environments to 2,000 °F, 309 base metal with ER309L filler is appropriate.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much preheat does carbon steel need before welding with ER309L?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Preheat requirements are driven by the carbon steel side of the joint per AWS D1.1: ASTM A36 under 3\/4 in typically requires no preheat; 3\/4–1-1\/2 in requires 150 °F; thicker sections require 200–300 °F. The stainless side does not require preheat. Maintain preheat throughout the weld to prevent hydrogen-induced cracking on the carbon steel HAZ.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the shelf life of Harris ER309L TIG rod?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Harris ER309L has an indefinite shelf life in unopened original packaging stored in dry conditions (below 60% RH, 50–100 °F). Once opened, use within 6–12 months and store in a sealed container. Rods showing heavy surface discoloration should be discarded for critical applications.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Harris","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44258837921943,"sku":"309LTH0","price":198.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/harris-309l-stainless-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-045-x-36-x-10-pkg-309lth0-harris-1.jpg?v=1753396586"},{"product_id":"lincoln-sprinter-180si-factory-demo-welder-u5453-1","title":"Lincoln Sprinter 180Si Factory Demo Welder - U5453-1","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.recon-specs-table { width:100%; border-collapse:collapse; font-family:Arial,sans-serif; margin-bottom:16px; }\n.recon-specs-table tr:nth-child(odd) { background:#f5f5f5; }\n.recon-specs-table td { padding:10px 12px; border-bottom:1px solid #ddd; vertical-align:top; }\n.recon-specs-table td:first-child { width:32%; font-weight:600; }\n.recon-faq { margin-bottom:10px; }\n.recon-faq strong { display:block; margin-bottom:4px; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\u003c!-- OOS_BANNER:new_version_handle=lincoln-sprinter-180si-k5453-1 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Buy a Factory Demo Lincoln Sprinter 180Si?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSub-20 lb TIG and Stick capability at demo savings.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sprinter 180Si delivers 200 A TIG output in a machine that weighs under 20 lbs — lighter than a car battery. Factory demo pricing provides 15–25% savings versus MAP while maintaining the full 3-year Lincoln Electric factory warranty. This is the go-anywhere TIG for field welders, restoration shops, and contractors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-voltage: plug into 120 V or 230 V automatically.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sprinter 180Si detects input voltage and configures output accordingly. On 120 V household power, it delivers up to 110 A TIG and 85 A Stick. On 230 V, the full 200 A TIG and 180 A Stick capability is available. No rewiring, no adapters, no guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips from WeldingMart's warehouse — no lead time.\u003c\/strong\u003e Available now. New Sprinter 180Si units can carry lead times in tight market conditions. This factory demo is pre-inspected, certified, and ready to ship in 1–3 business days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"recon-specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ Model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU5453-1 (Factory Demo)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcess\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTIG (GTAW), Stick (SMAW) — DC only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolarity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC (electrode negative for TIG; electrode positive for Stick)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput Range (Stick, 120 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–85 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput Range (TIG, 120 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–110 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput Range (Stick, 230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–180 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput Range (TIG, 230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–200 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated Output (Stick, 120 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 A \/ 23.2 V @ 40% duty cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated Output (TIG, 120 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 A \/ 14.6 V @ 40% duty cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated Output (Stick, 230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 A \/ 26.4 V @ 25% duty cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated Output (TIG, 230 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 A \/ 16.4 V @ 25% duty cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 \/ 230 V, 1-Phase, 60 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput Current (Max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 V: 22 A; 230 V: 29 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOCV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAverage 65 V; Peak 110 V; VRD Peak 14 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArc Start (TIG)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-Frequency (HF) — non-contact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePulse TIG Mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — standard feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 lbs \/ 9.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (H×W×D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8 in × 6.25 in × 16 in (299.7 × 158.8 × 406.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 Years — full factory warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCondition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory Demo \/ Reconditioned — Lincoln Electric certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprinter 180Si Power Source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTIG Torch with cable assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas Regulator \/ Flowmeter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork Cable \u0026amp; Clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrode Holder \u0026amp; Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic carry handle and included shoulder strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput Power Cord (120 V and 230 V configurations)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sprinter 180Si's compact form factor pairs well with lightweight, portable accessories from WeldingMart:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/collections\/tig-torches\"\u003eCompact Air-Cooled TIG Torches\u003c\/a\u003e — 150 A-rated PTA-17 torches with flexible necks for positional and out-of-position welding; 12.5 ft cables for field use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/collections\/tig-rod-welding-rods\"\u003eTIG Filler Rod\u003c\/a\u003e — ER70S-2 carbon steel; ER308L stainless; ERTi-2 titanium for DC TIG applications; 1 lb precision packs for field kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/collections\/welding-gas-regulators-top-quality-gas-pressure-control\"\u003ePortable Argon Regulators\u003c\/a\u003e — compact single-stage CGA-580 flowmeters compatible with small argon cylinders; lightweight for field carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/collections\/tig-welding-supplies\"\u003eTIG Consumables\u003c\/a\u003e — 1\/16 in and 3\/32 in ceriated tungsten; mini-collet kits for PTA-17 torches; small ceramic cups for tight-access work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTIG Welding Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sprinter 180Si is built for professional mobility — applications where precision TIG capability must go where larger machines cannot:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField service \u0026amp; maintenance welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e At under 20 lbs with a shoulder strap, the Sprinter 180Si goes up scaffolding, into pipe racks, onto offshore platforms, and into cramped industrial maintenance environments. HF arc start enables precise TIG initiation in positions where a touch-start would contaminate the tungsten.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomotive restoration \u0026amp; custom fabrication.\u003c\/strong\u003e DC TIG at 10–200 A handles thin sheet metal patch panels, 4130 chromoly fabrication, and stainless exhaust work. Pulse mode reduces heat input on thin steel to prevent distortion and burn-through. The 120 V input means it runs in garages and bodyshops without a dedicated 240 V circuit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAerospace maintenance \u0026amp; structural repair.\u003c\/strong\u003e HF TIG start on DC delivers non-contact arc initiation essential for titanium structural repairs where tungsten inclusions are cause for rejection. 10 A minimum output handles thin-gauge skins and brackets requiring precision fusion without excess heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStick welding in the field — E6010, E6011, E7018.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two dedicated stick modes: crisp arc for demanding E6010 and E6011 pipeline and structural applications; soft arc for dependable E7018 low-hydrogen starts. At 180 A on 230 V, it handles 5\/32 in rods for structural field repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerator-powered remote welding.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sprinter 180Si's 120 V compatibility allows operation from standard contractor generators — critical for pipeline, oil \u0026amp; gas, and remote infrastructure repairs where no grid power is available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"recon-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does \"factory demo\" mean for the Sprinter 180Si?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe U5453-1 is a Lincoln Electric factory demo unit — manufactured to full production specification, used for authorized trade show demonstrations or distributor evaluations, then returned to Lincoln's certified refurbishment center. Inspected, tested to factory tolerances, and issued with a full 3-year manufacturer warranty. Not a customer-returned or shop-used machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"recon-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the Sprinter 180Si weld aluminum?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Sprinter 180Si is a DC-only TIG and Stick machine. TIG welding aluminum requires AC output (to break the aluminum oxide layer), which this machine does not provide. For AC\/DC aluminum TIG in a lightweight format, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/products\/lincoln-square-wave-tig-200-ac-dc-tig-welder\"\u003eSquare Wave TIG 200\u003c\/a\u003e (46.5 lbs, AC\/DC, 120\/230 V). The Sprinter 180Si excels on steel, stainless, titanium, and chrome-moly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"recon-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What TIG arc start does the Sprinter 180Si use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-Frequency (HF) arc start — non-contact. The tungsten never touches the work piece. This prevents tungsten contamination, eliminates tungsten inclusions in the weld, and enables precise arc placement on thin and critical materials. Especially important for titanium, thin stainless, and aerospace structural repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"recon-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use it on a standard 120 V 20 A household circuit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. On 120 V, the Sprinter 180Si draws up to 22 A at peak output, so a dedicated 20 A circuit (with a 25 A breaker) is recommended for full 110 A TIG and 85 A Stick output. On a shared 15 A circuit, limit output to 60 A to avoid tripping breakers. For full 200 A TIG output, connect to 230 V service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"recon-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the U5453-1 differ from the new K5453-1 Sprinter 180Si?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrically and mechanically identical — same DC TIG and Stick output range, same HF arc start, same pulse TIG mode, same dual-voltage input, same weight, and the same 3-year Lincoln Electric factory warranty. The U5453-1 may show minor cosmetic marks from trade-show handling. Price difference is typically 15–25% below current MAP of the new K5453-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eLooking for the brand-new version? See \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/products\/lincoln-sprinter-180si-k5453-1\"\u003ebrand-new Sprinter 180Si\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/collections\/tig-welders\"\u003eLincoln TIG Welders\u003c\/a\u003e and our full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/collections\/used-tig-welders-for-sale\"\u003eused TIG welders\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Lincoln Sprinter 180Si represents a remarkable achievement in portable welding technology, delivering exceptional performance and versatility in an incredibly compact package\u003c\/strong\u003e. Weighing less than 20 pounds, this lightweight powerhouse offers a substantial 180-amp output capacity that enables welding with electrodes up to 5\/32 inches, including demanding 7018 and 6010 varieties. What truly distinguishes the Sprinter 180Si is its comprehensive multi-process capability, combining superior stick welding performance with advanced TIG functionality including high-frequency starting, pulse mode, and full amptrol compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for maximum flexibility across diverse applications, the Sprinter 180Si features dual input voltage capability (120V\/230V) that allows seamless connection to any common power supply without manual reconfiguration. The system's intuitive interface simplifies setup with clearly displayed parameters, enabling users to quickly dial in optimal settings for any job. The specialized stick welding modes further enhance versatility, with a crisp arc setting providing superior performance on E6010 and E6011 electrodes, while the soft arc mode ensures dependable E7018 arc starting characteristics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDespite its compact dimensions, the Sprinter 180Si incorporates advanced features typically found only in larger, more expensive machines. The high-frequency TIG start capability ensures precise arc initiation without tungsten contamination, while the pulsed TIG mode provides enhanced heat management and control for thin, precise welds. The system's exceptional portability is complemented by thoughtful design elements including an ergonomic handle and included shoulder strap, making it ideal for maintenance work, light fabrication, structural applications, and field repairs where mobility is essential. This factory demo unit offers an exceptional opportunity to acquire Lincoln's advanced portable welding technology at enhanced value.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual Input Voltage - 120V and 230V inputs so you can plug into any common power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-Process Capable - Welds DC Stick and DC TIG.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo Stick Modes - Crisp arc allows for greater welding versatility and superior performance on E6010 and E6011 electrodes while soft arc allows for dependable E7018 arc starting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulsed TIG Mode - Provides heat management and enhanced control when making thin, precise welds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh Frequency Start - Strike a precise arc every time while TIG welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight Portability - This durable machine weighs under 20 lbs. and is easy to carry with its ergonomic handle or included shoulder strap.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"specs-container\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section-header\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Inputs \u0026amp; Outputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100.031%; height: 548.665px;\" class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 58.7855px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2279%; height: 58.7855px;\"\u003ePhase 1: Input Voltage #1 (Voltage\/Phase\/Hertz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.152%; height: 58.7855px;\"\u003e120\/1\/60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 78.3807px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2279%; height: 78.3807px;\"\u003ePhase 1: Rated Output #1A (Current\/Voltage\/Duty Cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.152%; height: 78.3807px;\"\u003eStick 85A\/23.2V\/40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 78.3807px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2279%; height: 78.3807px;\"\u003ePhase 1: Rated Output #1B (Current\/Voltage\/Duty Cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.152%; height: 78.3807px;\"\u003eTIG 110A\/14.6V\/40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 58.7855px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2279%; height: 58.7855px;\"\u003ePhase 1: Input Current at Max Rated Ouput #1 (Current)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.152%; height: 58.7855px;\"\u003e22A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 58.7855px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2279%; height: 58.7855px;\"\u003ePhase 1: Input Voltage #2 (Voltage\/Phase\/Hertz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.152%; height: 58.7855px;\"\u003e230\/1\/60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 78.3807px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2279%; height: 78.3807px;\"\u003ePhase 1: Rated Output #2A (Current\/Voltage\/Duty Cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.152%; height: 78.3807px;\"\u003eStick 180A\/26.4V\/25%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 78.3807px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2279%; height: 78.3807px;\"\u003ePhase 1: Rated Output #2B (Current\/Voltage\/Duty Cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.152%; height: 78.3807px;\"\u003eTIG 200A\/16.4V\/25%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 58.7855px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2279%; height: 58.7855px;\"\u003ePhase 1: Input Current at MAX Rated Output #2 (Current)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.152%; height: 58.7855px;\"\u003e29A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"divider\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section-header\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Weights \u0026amp; Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\" height=\"95\" style=\"width: 100.039%;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2124%;\"\u003eDimensions (H x W x D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.1588%;\"\u003e11.8 in x 6.25 in x 16 in (299.7 mm x 158.8 mm x 406.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2124%;\"\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.1588%;\"\u003e20 lbs (9.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"divider\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section-header\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachines Processes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStick (SMAW)\u003cbr\u003eTIG (GTAW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Circuit Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAverage OCV - 65V Peak OCV - 110V VRD OCV (Peak) - 14V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Operators per Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput Voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\/230\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput Hertz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput Phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\/230\/1\/60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMode Icon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSMAW 120V: 20-85A 230V: 20-180A GTAW 120V: 10-110A 230V: 00-200A MAX OCV 110V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolarity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"divider\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section-header\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Technologies \u0026amp; Connections\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIEC Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP21S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput Range by Mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStick 20A-180A TIG 10A-200A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachines Communication Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eanalog\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork Lead Connector Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDinse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"divider\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section-header\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWire Feeding Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUI type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimple\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"divider\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section-header\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\" style=\"width: 100.039%; height: 98.0035px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 98.0035px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 26.2124%; height: 98.0035px;\"\u003eTypical Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 66.1588%; height: 98.0035px;\"\u003eConstruction\u003cbr\u003eBrewery\u003cbr\u003eDistillery\u003cbr\u003eGeneral Fabrication\u003cbr\u003eMaintenance \u0026amp; Repair\u003cbr\u003eRepair Welding\u003cbr\u003eShipbuilding\u003cbr\u003eStructural Welding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"divider\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section-header\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 Years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.specs-container {\n  font-family: Arial, sans-serif;\n  margin-top: 30px;\n}\n.specs-header {\n  font-size: 24px;\n  font-weight: bold;\n  margin-bottom: 20px;\n}\n.section-header {\n  font-size: 18px;\n  font-weight: bold;\n  margin: 30px 0 15px 0;\n}\n.specs-table {\n  width: 100%;\n  border-collapse: collapse;\n  margin-bottom: 20px;\n}\n.specs-table tr:nth-child(odd) {\n  background-color: #f5f5f5;\n}\n.specs-table td {\n  padding: 10px;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\n}\n.specs-table td:first-child {\n  width: 30%;\n}\n.divider {\n  border-top: 1px solid #ddd;\n  margin: 30px 0;\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does factory demo mean for the Sprinter 180Si?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Manufactured to full Lincoln Electric production spec, used for authorized trade show demonstrations or distributor evaluations, then refurbished at Lincoln's certified service center with full 3-year warranty.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the Sprinter 180Si weld aluminum?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The Sprinter 180Si is DC-only TIG and Stick. Aluminum TIG requires AC output. For AC\/DC aluminum TIG in a lightweight package, see the Lincoln Square Wave TIG 200 (46.5 lbs, AC\/DC, 120\/230 V).\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What TIG arc start does the Sprinter 180Si use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"High-Frequency (HF) arc start \\u2014 non-contact. The tungsten never touches the work piece, preventing tungsten contamination and inclusions critical for titanium and aerospace repair.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use it on a standard 120 V 20 A household circuit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. A dedicated 20 A circuit (25 A breaker) is recommended. Limit output to 60 A on a shared 15 A circuit. For full 200 A TIG output, connect to 230 V service.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45192989671575,"sku":"U5453-1","price":739.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/475133476_122200371110185256_3980009155483755624_n.jpg?v=1753387202"},{"product_id":"harris-308l-stainless-steel-tig-welding-rod-3-32-x-36-10-308lt50","title":"ER308L 3\/32\" Stainless TIG Welding Rod — 10 lb Spool | Harris","description":"\u003ch3\u003eHarris 308L Stainless Steel TIG Welding Rod 3\/32\" x 36\" - 10# - 308LT50\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e308L stainless steel TIG (GTAW) welding alloy 3\/32\" x 36\" x 10 lb. box.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e308L stainless steel GTAW (TIG) welding alloy is most frequently used for welding base metals of similar composition. The 0.03% maximum carbon content increases its resistance to intergranular corrosion. Conforms to AWS A5.9.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStainless steel 308L TIG welding rod welds base metals of similar composition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLower carbon content (.03% max.) resists carbide precipitation that can cause weld corrosion\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e87,000 psi tensile strength (as welded)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e57,000 psi yield strength (as welded)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e34% elongation (as welded)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e56% reduction of area (as welded)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e85 HRB Rockwell B hardness (as welded)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e160 HB Brinell hardness (as welded)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e100 ft.\/lb. @ room temperature Charpy V (as welded)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConforms to ANSI\/AWS A5.9 \u0026amp; ASME SFA 5.9 ER 308L\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Harris","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46060686082199,"sku":"308LT50","price":115.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/harris-308l-stainless-tig-gtaw-welding-rod-116-x-36-x-5-box-308lt305-harris-1_0332af7d-a51b-4533-9e24-ca7d2151ca23.webp?v=1757888166"},{"product_id":"lincoln-er308lsi-mig-welding-wire","title":"Lincoln ER308LSi (Murex) MIG Stainless Steel Welding Wire","description":null,"brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"0.030 in · 33 lb Spool","offer_id":43639153262743,"sku":"ED036497","price":8027.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.035 in · 33 lb Spool","offer_id":43639153459351,"sku":"ED035601","price":362.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.035 in · 500 lb Accu-Trak Drum","offer_id":43639158866071,"sku":"ED035604","price":7097.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.040 in · 33 lb Spool","offer_id":45224748187799,"sku":"ED037922","price":432.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.040 in · 500 lb Accu-Trak Drum","offer_id":45224748253335,"sku":"ED037923","price":6600.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.045 in · 33 lb Spool","offer_id":43639153492119,"sku":"ED035603","price":443.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.045 in · 500 lb Accu-Trak Drum","offer_id":43639158964375,"sku":"ED035605","price":6993.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/16\" in · 33 lb Spool","offer_id":43639153524887,"sku":"ED035602","price":453.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed035601-murex-308lsi-mig-gmaw-stainless-steel-welding-wire-0-035-in-33-lb-spool-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760719649"}],"url":"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/collections\/data-center-process-piping-consumables.oembed","provider":"WeldingMart.com","version":"1.0","type":"link"}